ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (575)
  • Other Sources
  • 2020-2024  (109)
  • 2015-2019  (299)
  • 1960-1964  (173)
  • Reading room  (371)
  • AWI Reading room  (206)
Collection
  • Books  (575)
  • Maps  (1)
  • Other Sources
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: 3/S 07.0034(2017)
    In: Annual report
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 51 Seiten
    ISSN: 1865-6439 , 1865-6447
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Parallel Title: Annual report ... / Helmholtz Association of German Research Centres
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Humana Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95664
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides detailed protocols for the isolation, enumeration, characterization of diverse bacteriophages, including both small to jumbo bacteriophages, from soil, fecal, municipal wastewater, and from food niche samples. Chapters highlight the diversity of bacteriophages in different environments, quantifications using culture, molecular techniques, protocols for isolate, interaction of bacteriophage proteins with host cells, and how to use bacteriophages to transfer foreign genetic elements to bacterial strains. In addition to the above, chapters feature the application of bacteriophages/bacteriophage-derived products. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips (in the Notes section) on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Bacteriophages: Methods and Protocols aims to ensure successful results in further study of this vital field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 431 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-0716-3548-3 , 9781071635483
    ISSN: 1064-3745 , 1940-6029
    Series Statement: Methods in Molecular Biology 2738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Contributors PART I AN OVERVIEW OF THE DIVERSITY OF BACTERIOPHAGES 1 Structural and Genomic Diversity of Bacteriophages / Bert Ely, Jacob Lenski, and Tannaz Mohammadi 2 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in the Human Gut / Amanda Carroll-Portillo, Derek M. Lin, and Henry C. Lin 3 Breaking the Ice: A Review of Phages in Polar Ecosystems / Mara Elena Heinrichs, Gonçalo J. Piedade, Ovidiu Popa, Pacifica Sommers, Gareth Trubl, Julia Weissenbach, and Janina Rahlff 4 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in Hot Springs / Timothy J. Marks and Isabella R. Rowland PART II ISOLATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 5 Isolation of Bacteriophages from Soil Samples in a Poorly Equipped Field Laboratory in Kruger National Park / Ayesha Hassim and Kgaugelo Edward Lekota 6 Purification and Up-Concentration of Bacteriophages and Viruses from Fecal Samples / Frej Larsen, Rasmus Riemer Jakobsen, Xiaotian Mao, Josue Castro-Mejia, Ling Deng, and Dennis S. Nielsen 7 Isolation of Enterococcus Bacteriophages from Municipal Wastewater Samples Using an Enrichment Step / Cory Schwarz and Jacques Mathieu 8 Phage DNA Extraction, Genome Assembly, and Genome Closure / Justin Boeckman, Mei Liu, Jolene Ramsey, and Jason Gill PART III ENUMERATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 9 Enumeration of Bacteriophages by Plaque Assay / Diana Elizabeth Waturangi 10 Detection and Quantification of Bacteriophages in Wastewater Samples by Culture and Molecular Methods/ Laura Sala-Comorera, Maite Muniesa, and Lorena Rodríguez-Rubio 11 Flow Virometry: A Fluorescence-Based Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in Liquid Samples / Elena A. Dlusskaya and Rafik Dey 12 A Metagenomics Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in a Food Niche / Kelsey White, Giovanni Eraclio, Gabriele Andrea Lugli, Marco Ventura, Jennifer Mahony, Fabio Dal Bello, and Douwe van Sinderen PART IV CHARACTERIZATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 13 Bioinformatic Analysis of Staphylococcus Phages: A Key Step for Safe Cocktail Development / Soledad Telma Carrasco and He´ctor Ricardo Morbidoni 14 Use of Localized Reconstruction to Visualize the Shigella Phage Sf6 Tail Apparatus / Chun-Feng David Hou, Fenglin Li, Stephano Iglesias, and Gino Cingolani 15 Bacteriophage–Host Interactions and Coevolution / Diana M. Álvarez-Espejo, Dácil Rivera, and Andrea I. Moreno-Switt 16 Unraveling Physical Interactions of Clostridioides difficile with Phage and Phage-Derived Proteins Using In Vitro and Whole-Cell Assays / Wichuda Phothichaisri, Tanaporn Phetruen, Surang Chankhamhaengdecha, Tavan Janvilisri, Puey Ounjai, Robert P. Fagan, and Sittinan Chanarat 17 Phage Transduction of Staphylococcus aureus / Melissa-Jane Chu Yuan Kee and John Chen PART V APPLICATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES AND BACTERIOPHAGE-DERIVED COMPONENTS 18 The Next Generation of Drug Delivery: Harnessing the Power of Bacteriophages / Alaa A. A. Aljabali, Mohammad B. M. Aljbaly, Mohammad A. Obeid, Seyed Hossein Shahcheraghi, and Murtaza M. Tambuwala 19 Construction of Nonnatural Cysteine-Cross-Linked Phage Libraries / Brittney Chau, Kristi Liivak, and Jianmin Gao 20 Application of Deep Sequencing in Phage Display / Vincent Van Deuren, Sander Plessers, Rob Lavigne, and Johan Robben 21 The Application of Bacteriophage and Photoacoustic Flow Cytometry in Bacterial Identification / Robert H. Edgar, Anie-Pier Samson, and John A. Viator 22 Propagation, Purification, and Characterization of Bacteriophages for Phage Therapy / Katarzyna Kosznik-Kwaśnicka, Gracja Topka, Jagoda Mantej, Łukasz Grabowski, Agnieszka Necel, Grzegorz Węgrzyn, and Alicja Węgrzyn 23 Overcoming Bacteriophage Resistance in Phage Therapy / Elina Laanto 24 Bacteriophage Virus-Like Particles: Platforms for Vaccine Design / Ebenezer Tumban Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Heidelberg : dpunkt.verlag
    Call number: 18/M 24.95712
    Description / Table of Contents: Intro -- Der Autor -- Der Fachgutachter -- Danksagung -- Vorwort zur dritten Auflage -- Einleitung -- Zielgruppe -- Lernstoff -- Onlinematerial -- Warum Python? -- Grundlagen -- Erste Schritte -- Die Programmierumgebung einrichten -- Python-Versionen -- Python-Codeausschnitte ausführen -- Der Editor VS Code -- Python auf verschiedenen Betriebssystemen -- Python unter Windows -- Python unter macOS -- Python unter Linux -- Das Hello-World-Programm ausführen -- Die Python-Erweiterung für VS Code installieren -- Hello_world.py ausführen -- Fehlersuche -- Python-Programme im Terminal ausführen -- Unter Windows -- Unter Linux und macOS -- Zusammenfassung -- Variablen und einfache Datentypen -- Was bei der Ausführung von hello_world.py wirklich geschieht -- Variablen -- Variablen benennen und verwenden -- Fehler bei Variablennamen vermeiden -- Variablen sind Etiketten -- Strings -- Groß- und Kleinschreibung mithilfe von Methoden ändern -- Variablen in Strings verwenden -- Weißraum hinzufügen -- Weißraum entfernen -- Entfernen von Präfixen -- Syntaxfehler bei der Stringverarbeitung vermeiden -- Zahlen -- Integer -- Fließkommazahlen -- Integer und Fließkommazahlen -- Unterstriche in Zahlen -- Mehrfachzuweisung -- Konstanten -- Kommentare -- Wie werden Kommentare geschrieben? -- Was für Kommentare sind sinnvoll? -- The Zen of Python -- Zusammenfassung -- Eine Einführung in Listen -- Was sind Listen? -- Elemente in einer Liste ansprechen -- Indizes beginnen bei 0, nicht bei 1 -- Einzelne Werte aus einer Liste verwenden -- Elemente verändern, hinzufügen und entfernen -- Elemente in einer Liste ändern -- Elemente zu einer Liste hinzufügen -- Elemente aus einer Liste entfernen -- Listen ordnen -- Listen mit sort() dauerhaft sortieren -- Listen mit der Funktion sorted() vorübergehend sortieren -- Listen in umgekehrter Reihenfolge ausgeben.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxv, 610 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 3., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage
    ISBN: 978-3-86490-989-4
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95736
    Description / Table of Contents: Moss-microbe associations are often characterised by syntrophic interactions between the microorganisms and their hosts, but the structure of the microbial consortia and their role in peatland development remain unknown. In order to study microbial communities of dominant peatland mosses, Sphagnum and brown mosses, and the respective environmental drivers, four study sites representing different successional stages of natural northern peatlands were chosen on a large geographical scale: two brown moss-dominated, circumneutral peatlands from the Arctic and two Sphagnum-dominated, acidic peat bogs from subarctic and temperate zones. The family Acetobacteraceae represented the dominant bacterial taxon of Sphagnum mosses from various geographical origins and displayed an integral part of the moss core community. This core community was shared among all investigated bryophytes and consisted of few but highly abundant prokaryotes, of which many appear as endophytes of Sphagnum mosses. Moreover, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses represent habitats for archaea which were not studied in association with peatland mosses so far. Euryarchaeota that are capable of methane production (methanogens) displayed the majority of the moss-associated archaeal communities. Moss-associated methanogenesis was detected for the first time, but it was mostly negligible under laboratory conditions. Contrarily, substantial moss-associated methane oxidation was measured on both, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses, supporting that methanotrophic bacteria as part of the moss microbiome may contribute to the reduction of methane emissions from pristine and rewetted peatlands of the northern hemisphere. Among the investigated abiotic and biotic environmental parameters, the peatland type and the host moss taxon were identified to have a major impact on the structure of moss-associated bacterial communities, contrarily to archaeal communities whose structures were similar among the investigated bryophytes. For the first time it was shown that different bog development stages harbour distinct bacterial communities, while at the same time a small core community is shared among all investigated bryophytes independent of geography and peatland type. The present thesis displays the first large-scale, systematic assessment of bacterial and archaeal communities associated both with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses. It suggests that some host-specific moss taxa have the potential to play a key role in host moss establishment and peatland development.
    Description / Table of Contents: Während die Beziehungen zwischen Moosen und den mit ihnen assoziierten Mikroorganismen oft durch syntrophische Wechselwirkungen charakterisiert sind, ist die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften sowie deren Rolle bei der Entstehung von Mooren weitgehend unbekannt. Die vorliegende Arbeit befasst sich mit mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften, die mit Moosen nördlicher, naturnaher Moore assoziiert sind, sowie mit den Umweltfaktoren, die sie beeinflussen. Entlang eines groß angelegten geographischen Gradienten, der von der Hocharktis bis zur gemäßigten Klimazone reicht, wurden vier naturbelassene Moore als Probenstandorte ausgesucht, die stellvertretend für verschiedene Stadien der Moorentwicklung stehen: zwei Braunmoos-dominierte Niedermoore mit nahezu neutralem pH-Wert sowie zwei Sphagnum-dominierte Torfmoore mit saurem pH-Wert. Die Ergebnisse der vorliegenden Arbeit machen deutlich, dass die zu den Bakterien zählenden Acetobacteraceae das vorherrschende mikrobielle Taxon der Sphagnum-Moose gleich welchen geographischen Ursprungs darstellen und insbesondere innerhalb des Wirtsmoosgewebes dominieren. Gleichzeitig gehörten die Acetobacteraceae zum wesentlichen Bestandteil der mikrobiellen Kerngemeinschaft aller untersuchten Moose, die sich aus einigen wenigen Arten, dafür zahlreich vorkommenden Prokaryoten zusammensetzt. Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt zudem erstmals, dass sowohl Braunmoose als auch Torfmoose ein Habitat für Archaeen darstellen. Die Mehrheit der Moos-assoziierten Archaeen gehörte dabei zu den methanbildenden Gruppen, wenngleich die metabolischen Aktivitätsraten unter Laborbedingungen meistens kaum messbar waren. Im Gegensatz hierzu konnte die Bakterien-vermittelte Methanoxidation sowohl an Braunmoosen als auch an Sphagnum-Moosen gemessen werden. Dies zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Moos-assoziierte Bakterien potenziell zur Minderung von Methanemissionen aus nördlichen, aber auch wiedervernässten Mooren beitragen können. Ein weiteres wichtiges Resultat der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Bedeutung des Moortyps (Niedermoor oder Torfmoor), aber auch der Wirtsmoosart selbst für die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten Bakteriengemeinschaften, während die archaeellen Gemeinschaftsstrukturen weder vom Moortyp noch von der Wirtsmoosart beeinflusst wurden und sich insgesamt deutlich ähnlicher waren als die der Bakterien. Darüber hinaus konnte erstmalig gezeigt werden, dass sich die bakteriellen Gemeinschaften innerhalb der unterschiedlichen Moorsukzessionsstadien zwar ganz erheblich voneinander unterscheiden, ein kleiner Teil der Bakterien dennoch Kerngemeinschaften bilden, die mit allen untersuchten Moosarten assoziiert waren. Bei der hier präsentierten Arbeit handelt es sich um die erste systematische Studie, die sich auf einer großen geographischen Skala mit den bakteriellen und archaeellen Gemeinschaften von Braunmoosen und Torfmoosen aus naturbelassenen nördlichen Mooren befasst. Die vorliegenden Ergebnisse machen deutlich, dass die untersuchten Moose ein ganz spezifisches mikrobielles Konsortium beherbergen, welches mutmaßlich eine Schlüsselrolle bei der Etablierung der Wirtspflanzen am Anfang der Moorentwicklung spielt und darüber hinaus das Potential hat, die charakteristischen Eigenschaften von Mooren sowie deren weitere Entwicklung zu prägen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XX, 139, liv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Content Preface Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1. Introduction 1.1. Peatlands 1.1.1. Peatland development and peat bog succession 1.1.2. Characteristic peatlands of the northern hemisphere 1.1.3. Anthropogenic threats of northern peatlands 1.1.4. Peat bog restoration 1.2. Peatland bryophytes 1.2.1. Brown mosses 1.2.2. Sphagnum mosses 1.3. Moss microbiota 1.3.1. Moss-associated bacteria 1.3.2. Moss-associated archaea 1.3.3. Endophytic prokaryotic communities 1.4. Biotic and abiotic influences on moss-associated microorganisms 1.5. Objectives 1.6. Study sites 1.6.1. High Arctic peatlands of Svalbard (SV) 1.6.2. Polygonal Tundra of Samoylov (SA) 1.6.3. Palsa Bogs of Neiden (NEI) 1.6.4. Kettle Bog Peatlands of Mueritz National Park (MUE) 2. Material and Methods 2.1. Sampling scheme overview 2.2. Sampling of pore water 2.3. Sampling of moss plantlets 2.4. Analysis of pore water chemistry 2.5. Cell wall analysis 2.5.1. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) 2.5.2. Holocellulose (HC) 2.5.3. Lignin and Lignin-like polymers (LLP) 2.5.4. Bulk moss litter analysis 2.6. Moss surface sterilisation and separation of putative epiphytic and endophytic microbial communities 2.7. DNA extraction and sequencing 2.8. Sequence analyses and bioinformatics 2.9. Statistical analyses 2.10. Potential methane production and oxidation assays 2.10.1. Surface sterilisation prior to activity tests 2.10.2. Methane production 2.10.3. Methane oxidation 3. Results 3.1. Peatland bulk and pore water characteristics 3.2. Diversity and structure of natural peatland microbial communities 3.3. Environmental drivers of moss-associated microbial communities 3.4. Microbial taxa associated with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses 3.4.1. Moss-associated bacteria 3.4.2. Moss-associated archaea 3.4.3. Bacterial and archaeal core communities 3.4.4. Acetobacteraceae as dominant taxon of the bacterial core community 3.5. Sphagnum bacteriomes of disturbed, rewetted and pristine temperate kettle bog 3.6. Potential moss-associated methane production and methane oxidation rates 3.6.1. Moss-associated methane production 3.6.2. Moss-associated methane oxidation 4. Discussion 4.1. Environmental influences on moss-associated bacterial communities 4.2. Moss-associated archaeal communities and their environmental drivers 4.3. Distinct patterns of endophytic bacteria 4.4. The core microbiota and their possible role for peatland succession 4.5. The potential role of Acetobacteraceae for Sphagnum host mosses and bog ecosystems 4.6. Moss-associated microbial communities of the methane cycle and their potential metabolic activity 4.7. Diversity and structure of Sphagnum bacteriomes from pristine, disturbed and rewetted kettle bogs 5. Conclusion 6. Critical remarks and outlook 6.1. Critical remarks 6.2. Outlook Bibliography Supplementary
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(523)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 523
    Description / Table of Contents: Straits & seaways are the key features that connect oceans, seas & lakes. They regulate water, sediment & biota exchanges, & influence local & global climate. A good understanding of the evolution of straits & seaways is therefore fundamental to accurately reconstruct the palaeogeography, tectonics, palaeoecology & stratigraphy of interconnected basins, the climate dynamics of Earth's past as well as to exploit conventional & renewable energy resources. This volume provides a collection of articles dealing with both ancient & modern case studies, bringing together different but complementary disciplines, such as marine geology, process sedimentology & stratigraphy. With the contents encompassing the evolution, geomorphology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, oceanography & palaeogeography of straits & seaways, & their influence on climate, the book will be of interest to Earth scientists
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 530 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 178620570X , 9781786205704 , 978-1-78620-570-4
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 523
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access22 March 2023 About this title - Straits and Seaways: Controls, Processes and Implications in Modern and Ancient Systems V. M. Rossi, S. G. Longhitano, C. Olariu, and F. L. Chiocci https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523 Introduction Full Access20 January 2023 Straits and seaways: controls, processes and implications in modern and ancient systems Valentina Marzia Rossi, Sergio G. Longhitano, Cornel Olariu, and Francesco L. Chiocci https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2022-271 Articles Open Access8 March 2022 A review of the morphology, physical processes and deposits of modern straits Robert W. Dalrymple https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-76 Open Access11 January 2023 Straits and seaways: end members within the continuous spectrum of the dynamic connection between basins Valentina Marzia Rossi, Sergio G. Longhitano, Cornel Olariu, and Francesco L. Chiocci https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2022-159 Full Access3 February 2022 The dire straits of Paratethys: gateways to the anoxic giant of Eurasia Dan V. Palcu and Wout Krijgsman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-73 Full Access20 January 2022 The opening and closure of oceanic seaways during the Cenozoic: pacemaker of global climate change? André Bahr, Stefanie Kaboth-Bahr, and Cyrus Karas https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-54 Open Access7 December 2022 A shallow-water dunefield in a microtidal, wind-dominated strait (Stintino, NW Sardinia, Italy) S. Andreucci, A. Santonastaso, M. De Luca, S. Cappucci, A. Cucco, G. Quattrocchi, and V. Pascucci https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-188 Full Access17 October 2022 Bedforms of Bonifacio Strait (Western Mediterranean): hydrodynamics, coastal outline, supply and sediment distribution Giacomo Deiana, Valentino Demurtas, and Paolo Emanuele Orrù https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2022-10 Full Access20 January 2022 Morphology and Late Pleistocene–Holocene sedimentation of the Strait of Istanbul (Bosphorus): a review M. Namık Çağatay, K. Kadir Eriş, and Zeynep Erdem https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-48 Full Access27 January 2022 Large- and medium-scale morphosedimentary features of the Messina Strait: insights into bottom-current-controlled sedimentation and interaction with downslope processes E. Martorelli, D. Casalbore, F. Falcini, A. Bosman, F. G. Falese, and F. L. Chiocci https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-77 Full Access8 December 2022 Grain-size analysis of the Late Pleistocene sediments in the Corinth Rift: insights into strait-influenced hydrodynamics and provenance of an active rift basin Wenjun Kang, Shunli Li, Robert L. Gawthorpe, Mary Ford, Richard E. Ll. Collier, Xinghe Yu, Liliane Janikian, Casey W. Nixon, Romain Hemelsdaël, Spyros Sergiou, Jack Gillespie,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2022-166 Full Access26 April 2022 Stratigraphic architecture, sedimentology and structure of the Middle Pleistocene Corinth Canal (Greece) Basile Caterina, Romain Rubi, and Aurélia Hubert-Ferrari https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-143 Full Access18 May 2022 Channel, dune and sand sheet architectures of a strait-adjacent delta, Rifian Corridor, Morocco Daan Beelen, Lesli Joy Wood, Mohamed Najib Zaghloul, Sebastian Cardona, and Michiel Arts https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-49 Open Access11 October 2022 A new interpretation for the Pliensbachian Cook Formation (northern North Sea) as north–south-prograding tidal deltas and shelf ridges in the Early Jurassic Seaway: new model of linkage to the Norwegian Sea Atle Folkestad and Ronald J. Steel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-75 Full Access17 January 2022 Early Pliocene marine transgression into the lower Colorado River valley, southwestern USA, by re-flooding of a former tidal strait Rebecca J. Dorsey, Juan Carlos Braga, Kevin Gardner, Kristin McDougall, and Brennan O'Connell https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-57 Full Access20 May 2022 Palaeostrait tectonosedimentary facies during late Cenozoic microplate rifting and dispersal in the western Mediterranean William Cavazza and Sergio G. Longhitano https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-95 Full Access8 March 2022 Sedimentary dynamics and topographic controls on the tidal-dominated Zagra Strait, Early Tortonian, Betic Cordillera, Spain Ángel Puga-Bernabéu, Juan Carlos Braga, Julio Aguirre, and José Manuel Martín https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-85 Full Access26 January 2022 Tectonic control on the palaeogeographical evolution of the Miocene Seaway along the Western Alpine foreland basin Amir Kalifi, Philippe Sorrel, Philippe-Hervé Leloup, Albert Galy, Vincenzo Spina, Bastien Huet, Séverine Russo, Bernard Pittet, and Jean-Loup Rubino https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2021-78 Full Access28 November 2022 Facies partitioning of fluvial, wave, and tidal influences across the shoreline-to-shelf architecture in the Western Interior Campanian Seaway, USA Keith P. Minor, Anton Wroblewski, Ronald J. Steel, Cornel Olariu, and Jeff P. Crabaugh https://doi.org/10.1144/SP523-2022-11
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(533)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 533
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ordovician is one of the longest and geologically most active periods in Phanerozoic history. The unique Ordovician biodiversifications established modern marine ecosystems, whereas the first plants originated on land. The two volumes cover all key topics on Ordovician research and provide a review of Ordovician successions across the globe.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 618 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786209740 , 978-1-78620-589-6
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 533
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - A Global Synthesis of the Ordovician System: Part 2 T. Servais, D. A. T. Harper, B. Lefebvre, and I. G. Percival https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533 Introduction Full Access16 March 2023 A journey through the Ordovician System around the world Thomas Servais, David A. T. Harper, Bertrand Lefebvre, and Ian G. Percival https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2023-23 Articles Full Access28 November 2022 Ordovician geology of Alaska Julie A. Dumoulin, Justin V. Strauss, and John E. Repetski https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-39 Full Access6 February 2023 The Ordovician System in Greenland Svend Stouge, Christian M. Ø. Rasmussen, and David A. T. Harper https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-193 Full Access20 January 2023 The Ordovician System of Canada: an extensive stratigraphic record of Laurentian shallow water platforms and deep marine basins André Desrochers, Jisuo Jin, and Keith Dewing https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-151 Full Access1 February 2023 Ordovician of the conterminous United States Patrick I. McLaughlin and Alycia L. Stigall https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-198 Full Access8 February 2023 Ordovician stratigraphy and biota of Mexico Francisco Javier Cuen-Romero, Blanca Estela Buitrón-Sánchez, Matilde S. Beresi, Juan J. Palafox-Reyes, and Rogelio Monreal https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-19 Full Access6 January 2023 The Ordovician of southern South America Beatriz G. Waisfeld, Juan Luis Benedetto, Blanca A. Toro, Gustavo G. Voldman, Claudia V. Rubinstein, Susana Heredia, Mario L. Assine, N. Emilio Vaccari, and Hans Niemeyer https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-95 Full Access6 February 2023 The Ordovician System of South Africa: a review C. R. Penn-Clarke, C. Browning, and D. A. T. Harper https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-23 Open Access10 February 2023 The Ordovician record of North and West Africa: unravelling sea-level variations, Gondwana tectonics, and the glacial impact Jean-François Ghienne, Hussein Abdallah, Rémy Deschamps, Michel Guiraud, Juan Carlos Gutiérrez-Marco, Moussa Konaté, Guido Meinhold,… https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-213 Full Access15 February 2023 The Ordovician System in the Levant region (Middle East) and southern Turkey: review of depositional facies, fauna and stratigraphy Olaf Elicki, Tim Meischner, Semih Gürsu, Jean-François Ghienne, Ahmad Masri, Khaled Ali Moumani, and Huriye Demircan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-53 Full Access22 November 2022 The Ordovician of the Middle East (Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan) Mansoureh Ghobadi Pour and Leonid E. Popov https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-149 Full Access19 December 2022 The Ordovician of Central Asia (Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan and Tajikistan) Mansoureh Ghobadi Pour, Leonid E. Popov, Aleksey I. Kim, Zoja M. Abduazimova, Alexander V. Mikolaichuk, Irina A. Kim, Narima Ospanova, Maya V. Erina,… https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-52 Full Access1 March 2023 Ordovician of Kazakhstan Leonid Popov, Aidarkhan Zhylkaidarov, Vyacheslav Zhemchuzhnikov, Wladimir Stepanets, Nina Mikhailovna Gridina, and Rostislav Mikhailovich Antonyuk https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-245 Full Access6 January 2023 Ordovician strata of the Indian subcontinent Paul M. Myrow, Nigel C. Hughes, and Birendra P. Singh https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-3 Full Access10 March 2023 Regional synthesis of the Ordovician geology and stratigraphy of China Yuandong Zhang, Renbin Zhan, Yong Yi Zhen, Wenhui Wang, Yan Liang, Xiang Fang, Rongchang Wu, Kui Yan, Junpeng Zhang, and Wenjie Li https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-128 Full Access5 December 2022 The Ordovician of the Korean Peninsula: a synthesis Jeong-Hyun Lee, Se Hyun Cho, Suk-Joo Choh, Jongsun Hong, Byung-Su Lee, Dong-Chan Lee, Dong-Jin Lee, Seung-Bae Lee, Jino Park, and Jusun Woo https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-48 Full Access6 February 2023 Ordovician Japan: geotectonic setting and palaeogeography Yukio Isozaki https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-80 Full Access2 March 2023 Ordovician geology of the Sibumasu Block, SE Asia Sachiko Agematsu and Thura Oo https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-200 Full Access8 March 2023 Current knowledge of the Ordovician System in Antarctica Ian G. Percival, Richard A. Glen, and Yong Yi Zhen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-116 Full Access16 March 2023 The Ordovician System in Australia and New Zealand Ian G. Percival, Yong Yi Zhen, and Leon Normore https://doi.org/10.1144/SP533-2022-265
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(532)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ordovician is one of the longest and geologically most active periods in Phanerozoic history. The unique Ordovician biodiversifications established modern marine ecosystems, whereas the first plants originated on land. The two volumes cover all key topics on Ordovician research and provide a review of Ordovician successions across the globe.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 514 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205889 , 978-1-78620-588-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 532
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access10 May 2023 About this title - A Global Synthesis of the Ordovician System: Part 1 D. A. T. Harper, B. Lefebvre, I. G. Percival, and T. Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532 Introduction Full Access10 March 2023 The Ordovician System: Key concepts, events and its distribution across Europe David A. T. Harper, Bertrand Lefebvre, Ian G. Percival, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2023-8 Conceptualizing the Ordovician Period Open Access24 January 2023 A short history of the Ordovician System: from overlapping unit stratotypes to global stratotype sections and points David A. T. Harper, Tõnu Meidla, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-285 Open Access15 December 2022 Ordovician biostratigraphy: index fossils, biozones and correlation Daniel Goldman, Stephen A. Leslie, Yan Liang, and Stig M. Bergström https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-49 Open Access9 January 2023 Ordovician cyclostratigraphy and astrochronology Matthias Sinnesael https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-31 Full Access3 March 2023 Ordovician tephra distribution, tephrochronology and geochronology Patrick I. McLaughlin, Leon Normore, Bryan K. Sell, and Jahandar Ramezani https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-267 Full Access28 February 2023 Ordovician plate tectonic and palaeogeographical maps Christopher R. Scotese https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-311 Full Access10 March 2023 Changing palaeobiogeography during the Ordovician Period Thomas Servais, David A. T. Harper, Björn Kröger, Christopher Scotese, Alycia L. Stigall, and Yong-Yi Zhen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-168 Full Access20 January 2023 Seawater signatures of Ordovician climate and environment Seth A. Young, Cole T. Edwards, Leho Ainsaar, Anders Lindskog, and Matthew R. Saltzman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-258 Full Access15 December 2022 The Ordovician ocean circulation: a modern synthesis based on data and models Alexandre Pohl, Elise Nardin, Thijs R. A. Vandenbroucke, and Yannick Donnadieu https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-1 Open Access10 November 2022 Terrestrialization in the Ordovician Charles H. Wellman, Borja Cascales-Miñana, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-92 The Ordovician System in Europe Open Access8 February 2023 A synopsis of the Ordovician System in its birthplace – Britain and Ireland Stewart G. Molyneux, David A. T. Harper, Mark R. Cooper, Steven Philip Hollis, Robert J. Raine, Adrian W. A. Rushton, M. Paul Smith, Philip Stone, Mark Williams, ... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-235 Open Access18 January 2023 The Ordovician of Scandinavia: a revised regional stage classification Arne Thorshøj Nielsen, Per Ahlberg, Jan Ove R. Ebbestad, Øyvind Hammer, David Alexander Taylor Harper, Anders Lindskog, Christian Mac Ørum Rasmussen, and Svend Stouge https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-157 Open Access18 November 2022 Ordovician of the Eastern Baltic palaeobasin and the Tornquist Sea margin of Baltica Tõnu Meidla, Leho Ainsaar, Olle Hints, and Sigitas Radzevičius https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-141 Full Access6 December 2022 Stratigraphy and Sedimentary Record of the Ordovician System in Poland: a Review Wiesław Trela https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-109 Full Access14 February 2023 The Ordovician of France and neighbouring areas of Belgium and Germany Bertrand Lefebvre, J. Javier Álvaro, Josep Maria Casas, Jean-François Ghienne, Alain Herbosch, Alfredo Loi, Eric Monceret, Jacques Verniers, Muriel Vidal, Daniel Vizcaïno, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-268 Full Access24 November 2022 The Ordovician of Sardinia (Italy): from the ‘Sardic Phase’ to the end-Ordovician glaciation, palaeogeography and geodynamic context Alfredo Loi, Fabrizio Cocco, Giacomo Oggiano, Antonio Funedda, Muriel Vidal, Annalisa Ferretti, Francesco Leone, Sebastiano Barca, Stefano Naitza, Jean-François Ghienne, and Gian Luigi Pillola https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-121 Full Access8 February 2023 Ordovician of the Bohemian Massif Petr Kraft, Ulf Linnemann, Michal Mergl, Jana Bruthansová, Lukáš Laibl, and Gerd Geyer https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-191 Full Access16 January 2023 A global view on the Ordovician stratigraphy of southeastern Europe Annalisa Ferretti, Hans Peter Schönlaub, Valeri Sachanski, Gabriella Bagnoli, Enrico Serpagli, Gian Battista Vai, Slavcho Yanev, Miloš Radonjić, Constantin Balica, Luca Bianchini, ... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-174
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(495)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 495
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume offers an up-to-date ‘geology-without-borders’ view of the stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and oil-and-gas exploration trends of the entire Atlantic Margin and Barents Sea basin. The challenges associated with data continuity and nomenclature differences across median lines are discussed and mitigated. Examples of under-exploited cross-border plays and discoveries are discussed.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 320 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-458-5 , 9781786204585
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 495
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgements Legend for the cover image Chiarella, D., Archer, S. G., Howell, J. A., Jackson, C. A.-L., Kombrink, H. and Patruno, S. / Cross-border subsurface geology in the Atlantic Margin and the Barents Sea: an introduction Tectonic evolution Libak, A., Torabi, A. and Alaei, B. / Normal fault geometric attribute variations with lithology: examples from the Norwegian Barents Sea Anell, I., Indrevær, K. and Serck, C. S. / Influence of structural highs on Triassic deposition on the western Barents Shelf Kristensen, T. B., Rotevatn, A., Marvik, M., Henstra, G. A., Gawthorpe, R. L. and Ravnås, R. / Quantitative analysis of fault-and-fold growth in a transtensional basin: the Sørvestsnaget Basin, Western Barents Sea Trice, R., Hiorth, C. and Holdsworth, R. / Fractured basement play development on the UK and Norwegian rifted margins Millett, J. M., Manton, B. M., Zastrozhnov, D., Planke, S., Maharjan, D., Bellwald, B., Gernigon, L., Faleide, J. I., Jolley, D. W., Walker, F., Abdelmalak, M. M., Jerram, D. A., Myklebust, R., Kjølhamar, B. E., Halliday, J. and Birch-Hawkins, A. / Basin structure and prospectivity of the NE Atlantic volcanic rifted margin: cross-border examples from the Faroe–Shetland, Møre and Southern Vøring basins Stratigraphic, sedimentological and reservoir characterization Jones, G. E. D., Welbon, A. I. F., Mohammadlou, H., Sakharov, A., Ford, J., Needham, T. and Ottesen, C. / Complex stratigraphic fill of a small, confined syn-rift basin: an Upper Jurassic example from offshore mid-Norway Chiarella, D. and Joel, D. / Stratigraphic and sedimentological characterization of the Late Cretaceous post-rift intra Lange Sandstones of the Gimsan Basin and Grinda Graben (Halten Terrace, Norwegian Sea) Walker, F., Schofield, N., Millett, J., Jolley, D., Hole, M. and Stewart, M. / Paleogene volcanic rocks in the northern Faroe–Shetland Basin and Møre Marginal High: understanding lava field stratigraphy Klausen, T. G., Müller, R., Poyatos-Moré, M., Olaussen, S. and Stueland, E. / Tectonic, provenance and sedimentological controls on reservoir characteristics in the Upper Triassic–Middle Jurassic Realgrunnen Subgroup, SW Barents Sea Riis, F. and Wolff, A. / Use of pore pressure data from the Norwegian Continental Shelf to characterize fluid-flow processes in geological timescales Hunt, G. A., Williams, R., Charnock, M. A., Moss, A., Meltveit, J. and Florescu, D. / Geological and petrophysical applications of imaging infrared spectroscopy for mineralogical analysis of core and cuttings: examples from the North Sea, Norwegian Sea and Barents Sea Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(535)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 535
    Description / Table of Contents: The Middle through Late Pennsylvanian was a time of ice ages, climate dynamics and a turning point in terrestrial biotic evolution. This provides a laboratory for studying changes in a glacial world. This book focuses on a dynamic Late Pennsylvanian world that bears close comparison to the late Cenozoic world.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 505 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205919 , 978-1-78620-591-9
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 535
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Ice Ages, Climate Dynamics and Biotic Events: the Late Pennsylvanian World S. G. Lucas, W. A. DiMichele, S. Opluštil, and X. Wang https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535 Introduction Full Access24 March 2023 An introduction to ice ages, climate dynamics and biotic events: the Late Pennsylvanian world Spencer G. Lucas, William A. DiMichele, Stanislav Opluštil, and Xiangdong Wang https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-334 Timescale Full Access16 February 2023 Timescale for the Kasimovian Stage Xiangdong Wang, Keyi Hu, and Ying Li https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-260 The Cantabrian Stage Open Access23 January 2023 The challenge of relating the Kasimovian to west European chronostratigraphy: a critical review of the Cantabrian and Barruelian substages of the Stephanian Stage John A. Knight, Christopher J. Cleal, and Carmen Álvarez-Vázquez https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-189 Full Access16 February 2023 The Cantabrian Substage should be abandoned: revised chronostratigraphy of the Middle–Late Pennsylvanian boundary W. John Nelson, Spencer G. Lucas, and Scott D. Elrick https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-252 Full Access21 March 2023 Pennsylvanian-age plant macrofossil biostratigraphy in tropical Pangaea: uniformitarianism, catastrophes and the ‘Cantabrian’ problem Hermann W. Pfefferkorn https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-282 Geological context Full Access8 March 2023 Pennsylvanian glacial cycles in western Gondwana: an overview Roberto Iannuzzi, Mercedes M. di Pasquo, Fernando F. Vesely, Claiton M. S. Scherer, Luiz S. Andrade, Thammy Mottin, and Carrel Kifumbi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-342 Full Access8 March 2023 A Carboniferous apex for the late Paleozoic icehouse N. Griffis, R. Mundil, I. Montañez, D. Le Heron, P. Dietrich, and R. Iannuzzi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-256 Full Access10 January 2023 North American Midcontinent Pennsylvanian cyclothems and their implications Philip H. Heckel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-182 Full Access16 February 2023 A global perspective of soil-forming conditions during the Late Pennsylvanian: potential stochastic forcing by geosphere–biosphere carbon pools Erik L. Gulbranson and Neil J. Tabor https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-279 Open Access9 January 2023 Dust and loess as archives and agents of climate and climate change in the late Paleozoic Earth system Gerilyn S. Soreghan, Nicholas G. Heavens, Lily S. Pfeifer, and Michael J. Soreghan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-208 Full Access11 January 2023 Middle–Late Pennsylvanian tectonosedimentary, climatic and biotic records in basins of Europe, NW Turkey and North Africa: an overview Stanislav Opluštil and Joerg W. Schneider https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-215 Palaeobotany Full Access25 January 2023 Kasimovian floristic change in tropical wetlands and the Middle–Late Pennsylvanian Boundary Event William A. DiMichele, Cortland F. Eble, Hermann W. Pfefferkorn, Scott D. Elrick, W. John Nelson, and Spencer G. Lucas https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-228 Full Access27 February 2023 Vegetational change during the Middle–Late Pennsylvanian transition in western Pangaea Sandra Schachat, Andrés Baresch, Thu Bui, Howard J. Falcon-Lang, Dan S. Chaney, W. John Nelson, Scott D. Elrick, Hans Kerp, Spencer G. Lucas, and William A. DiMichele https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-281 Open Access1 March 2023 Physiological selectivity and plant–environment feedbacks during Middle and Late Pennsylvanian plant community transitions Jonathan Paul Wilson, Gabriel Oppler, Elizabeth Reikowski, Jessica Smart, Charles Marquardt, and Brian Keller https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-204 Invertebrate palaeontology Full Access15 December 2022 Evolutionary patterns in Late Pennsylvanian conodonts James E. Barrick, Nicholas J. Hogancamp, and Steven J. Rosscoe https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-139 Full Access20 January 2023 Biostratigraphy and biofacies of the Kasimovian conodonts from the Shanglong section, South China Keyi Hu, Xiangdong Wang, and Yuping Qi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-173 Full Access23 December 2022 Ecological and evolutionary responses of terrestrial arthropods to Middle–Late Pennsylvanian environmental change Michael P. Donovan, Sandra R. Schachat, and Pedro M. Monarrez https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-209 Vertebrate palaeontology Full Access17 January 2023 Middle to Late Pennsylvanian tetrapod evolution: the Kasimovian bottleneck Spencer G. Lucas https://doi.org/10.1144/SP535-2022-216
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95728
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: M 23.95228
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 75 Seiten , 24.4 cm x 16.5 cm, 181 g
    Edition: 4., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage, Stand: Dezember 2022
    ISBN: 9783846214770
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe des AHO 17
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: 6/M 23.95269
    In: International Association of Geodesy symposia
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 160 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783031259029
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 153
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: 1.7/M 23.95271
    In: 2023
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1296 Seiten
    ISBN: 978-3-8029-7913-2
    Series Statement: Wissen für die Praxis
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(515)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 515
    Description / Table of Contents: The Quaternary Period in South Asia has a very prolonged and diverse history. Within this region, India represents various technological and cultural phases of hominin occupation adapting to different ecological zones throughout the Quaternary Period. The earliest records of this occupation can be traced back to 1.5 Ma ago and possibly to c. 2 Ma ago. Archaeological evidence has been reported from all known phases in India, showing a continuous record of occupation from the Early Pleistocene onwards and reflecting adaptation by multiple hominin species over time. This book aims to highlight recent advances in the Quaternary geoarchaeology by showcasing diverse methods such as archaeology, geology, palaeoclimatology, sedimentology, GIS, remote sensing and taphonomy. It presents a collection of papers that address various geoarchaeological aspects from different regions in India, within the time frame of the Early Pleistocene to Anthropocene. This volume provides an opportunity for new data to be disseminated, particularly by young researchers and, within the framework of worldwide research issues, it promotes new geoarchaeological perspectives from India.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 367 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205483 , 978-1-78620-548-3
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 515
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Quaternary Geoarchaeology of India N. Tiwari, V. Singh, and S. B. Mehra https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515 Introduction Full Access22 December 2022 An introduction to Quaternary geoarchaeology of India Nupur Tiwari, Vivek Singh, and Shashi B. Mehra https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2022-218 Landscape geoarchaeology Full Access16 July 2021 Acheulian artefacts and tephra from Upland Western Maharashtra (Deccan Volcanic Province), Peninsular India Sushama G. Deo, Andre Baptista, and Sharad N. Rajaguru https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-208 Spatial distribution of Palaeolithic sites in relation to raw material sources in the central Narmada Valley, India Full Access26 May 2021 Vivek Singh https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-199 Absence does not mean absence: modern-day land use and the visibility of the archaeological record (the Kibbanahalli Palaeolithic Complex, southern India) Full Access26 May 2021 Akash Srinivas https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-76 Doma: a new multi-technological lithic occurrence in the Lower Son Valley (north-central India) and its regional context Full Access18 June 2021 Shashi B. Mehra https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-205 Palaeolithic assemblages associated with Youngest Toba Tuff deposits from the upper Gundlakamma River basin, Andhra Pradesh, India Full Access20 January 2022 Devara Anil, Ajithprasad Pottentavida, and Vrushab Mahesh https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-187 Late Pleistocene microlithic industries in the Ayodhya Hills, Purulia, West Bengal: insights from geoarchaeological exploration Full Access1 July 2021 Bishnupriya Basak, Sujit Dasgupta, and Ashis K. Paul https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-181 Understanding geo-archaeology in Trans-Himalaya: a case study based on lithic assemblages from Dzamathang, Spiti Valley, Himachal Pradesh, India Full Access30 November 2021 Ekta Singh, Raman Patel, and Rakesh Chandra Bhatt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-108 New evidence of Neolithic industries from the West Garo Hills, northeastern India Full Access28 November 2022 Tosabanta Padhan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-203 Applications in geoarchaeology Full Access20 December 2022 New field observations on the Quaternary geology and vertebrate palaeontological occurrences in the Narsinghpur region of Narmada valley (central India) Ravish Lal, Tosabanta Padhan, Bharti Jangra, Parth R. Chauhan, Shivam Sahu, and Rajeev Patnaik https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-243 Prehistoric landscapes, humans and ostriches: highlighting geoarchaeological issues in the Tapi Basin of Maharashtra (west-central India) – a multidisciplinary approach Full Access11 October 2021 Prabhin Sukumaran, Hong-Chun Li, Jih-Pai Lin, and Parth R. Chauhan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-206 Microlithic occurrences associated with sediments dated to terminal Pleistocene–Late Holocene in the central Narmada Basin, Madhya Pradesh, India Full Access9 November 2022 Nupur Tiwari, P. Morthekai, K. Krishnan, and Parth R. Chauhan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2022-153 Late Holocene climate variability and its impact on cultural dynamics in central India Full Access22 August 2022 Diptimayee Behera, Praveen K. Mishra, Pandurang Sabale, Sharmila Bhattacharya, and Ambili Anoop https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-220 New insights into the geological evolution of palaeorivers and their relationship to the Indus Civilization and Early Historic settlements on the plains of Haryana, NW India Full Access4 November 2021 Apurva Alok, N. C. Pant, Kaushik Das, Y. Tsutsumi, C. A. Petrie, Pankaj Kumar, Sundeep Chopra, H. S. Saini, and Abul Amir Khan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-161 Reviews Chrono-contextual issues at open-air Pleistocene vertebrate fossil sites of central and peninsular India and implications for Indian palaeoanthropology Full Access23 September 2022 Parth R. Chauhan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2021-29 Interrelation between Palaeolithic and faunal remains in the central Narmada Valley, India Full Access27 September 2022 Bharti Jangra and Vivek Singh https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2022-105 Scratching the surface(s): examining the complexity of geological contexts for the Palaeolithic of the Sonar Basin, Madhya Pradesh Full Access9 March 2022 Yezad Pardiwalla https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-234 A review of Palaeolithic sites associated with gravel deposits in India Full Access22 April 2022 Anubhav Preet Kaur https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-196 Human–environment interactions during the mid-late Holocene and the Anthropocene – lessons from NW Indian plains and Bengal Delta Full Access26 October 2021 Yama Dixit and Sravani Biswas https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-122 Geoarchaeology in India in the 21st Century: an Outsider's Perspective Full Access3 June 2021 Robin Dennell https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-202 Retraction Late Quaternary sediments dated to between 12.5 and 2.3 ka and associated microlithic occurrences in the central Narmada Basin, Madhya Pradesh, India Full Access14 July 2021 Nupur Tiwari, P. Morthekai, K. Krishnan, and Parth R. Chauhan https://doi.org/10.1144/SP515-2020-216
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(522)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 522
    Description / Table of Contents: Mesozoic Biological Events and Ecosystems in East Asia covers a wide range of topics, encompassing palaeoenvironments, palaeoecosystems and important vertebrate, invertebrate and plant fossils, some found in amber with excellent preservation of delicate morphological features. Fifty-three authors from a number of different disciplines - geochronology, palaeontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and geochemistry - contribute to the 18 articles in the volume. Well-preserved fossils and rocks continue to be found from marine and terrestrial sediments across East Asia. Over some years, the palaeontological and geological evidence discovered from this region has significantly improved our understanding of Mesozoic environments. In discussing feathered dinosaurs, primitive birds, early mammals, diverse insects, amber inclusions, the oldest-known flowers and research utilizing new, advanced methods, this volume explores Earth's history in even greater detail. What other exciting discoveries are waiting to be unveiled in the future?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 329 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205681 , 978-1-78620-568-1
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 522
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Ichnology in Shallow-marine and Transitional Environments C. Cónsole-Gonella, S. de Valais, I. Díaz-Martínez, P. Citton, M. Verde, and D. McIlroy https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522 Introduction Full Access8 March 2023 The ichnology of shallow-marine and transitional environments Carlos Cónsole-Gonella, Silvina de Valais, Ignacio Díaz-Martínez, Paolo Citton, Mariano Verde, and Duncan McIlroy https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-344 Articles Full Access22 December 2021 High-resolution geophysical imaging of reptile burrows (San Salvador rock iguana, the Bahamas): implications for ichnology and conservation ecology Ilya V. Buynevich, Thomas A. Rothfus, H. Allen Curran, Hayden A. Thacker, Rosa Peronace, Karen A. Kopcznski, and Perry L. Gnivecki https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-80 Full Access7 December 2022 The possible actiniarian sea anemone burrow Bergaueria hemispherica from the Pliensbachian (Lower Jurassic) of the Lusitanian Basin (Central Portugal) Carlos Neto de Carvalho and Ricardo Paredes https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-7 Full Access22 December 2021 Dactyloidites ottoi (Geinitz, 1849) in Bahamian Pleistocene carbonates: a shallowest-marine indicator H. Allen Curran and Bosiljka Glumac https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-69 Full Access9 February 2022 All post-Cambrian ichnospecies of Psammichnites Torell, 1870 belong to Olivellites Fenton and Fenton, 1937b Pablo J. Pazos and Carolina Gutiérrez https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-102 Full Access13 May 2022 Bored log-grounds by teredinid bivalves in marine deposits from the Monos Formation (Upper Cretaceous) in central Cuba Jorge Villegas-Martín, Claudia Inés Serrano-Brañas, Reinaldo Rojas-Consuegra, Alberto Arano-Ruiz, Mariano Verde, and Carlos Rafael Borges-Sellen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-125 Full Access30 March 2022 Glossifungites suites and tubular tempestites in Devonian shallow-marine deposits from Paraná Basin Daniel Sedorko, Renata G. Netto, Jorge Villegas-Martín, Sudipta Dasgupta, Francisco M. W. Tognoli, Josiane Plantz, Thiago Carelli, and Leonardo Borghi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-113 Full Access20 September 2022 Ichnoassemblages from the Wilcox Formation in the Burgos Basin, northeastern Mexico María I. Hernández-Ocaña, Felipe Torres de la Cruz, Elizabeth Chacón Baca, Samuel Eguiluz de Antuñano, and Gabriel Chávez-Cabello https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-185 Full Access6 March 2023 Ichnological analysis and depositional setting of late Miocene marginal marine deposits from the Tafna Basin (northwestern Algeria) Mostapha Benzina, Amine Cherif, Mohammed Nadir Naimi, Hakim Hebib, and Mustapha Bensalah https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-275 Full Access1 February 2022 Exotic facies episodes of a carbonate platform: implications for middle and late Cambrian ecosystems and impact of bioturbation in the Alborz Basin, Iran Aram Bayet-Goll, Mehdi Daraei, Gerd Geyer, Carlos Neto de Carvalho, and Nasrin Bahrami https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2020-269 Full Access22 November 2022 Departures from the archetypal deltaic ichnofacies James A. MacEachern and Kerrie L. Bann https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-56 Full Access28 July 2022 Unusual sauropod slipping tracks preserved on a biostabilized tidal flat from the Lower Cretaceous of northern Patagonia, Argentina Arturo M. Heredia, Pablo J. Pazos, and Diana E. Fernández https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-136 Full Access30 August 2022 Dinosaur tracks in a Cretaceous (lower Albian) braid delta system (Basque–Cantabrian Basin, western Pyrenees): linking trace fossils suites and short-term preservation windows Ignacio Díaz-Martínez, Mikel A. López-Horgue, Luis M. Agirrezabala, Carlos Cónsole-Gonella, and Xabier Pereda-Suberbiola https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-197 Full Access5 January 2022 Defining the Bemaraha megatracksite: an update on dinosaur ichnology in Madagascar Alexander Wagensommer, Rainer Dolch, Tiana Ratolojanahary, Simon Donato, and Simone D'Orazi Porchetti https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-86 Full Access27 April 2022 The megatracksite phenomenon: implications for tetrapod palaeobiology across terrestrial-shallow-marine transitional zones Martin G. Lockley and Christian A. Meyer https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-164
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(526)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 526
    Description / Table of Contents: Metals and minerals are essential for improving the quality of our lives, for new green energy technologies, and for a sustainable environment. This book addresses challenges in meeting the future demand for metals and minerals and presents results from ongoing research, surveying, exploration and exploitation of key minerals needed to supply the green and sustainable societies of the future.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 346 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781786205735 , 978-1-78620-573-5 , 1786205734
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 526
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access10 June 2023 About this title - The Green Stone Age: Exploration and Exploitation of Minerals for Green Technologies M. Smelror, K. Hanghøj, and H. Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526 Introduction Open Access5 May 2023 Entering the Green Stone Age – introduction Morten Smelror, Karen Hanghøj, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-312 The path to zero: how geology is part of the solution Open Access25 May 2022 Minerals for future technologies: how Germany copes with challenges Ralph Watzel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-12 Open Access15 July 2022 Public geoscience solutions for diversifying Canada's critical mineral production Michael G. Gadd, Christopher J. M. Lawley, Louise Corriveau, Michel Houlé, Jan M. Peter, Alain Plouffe, Eric Potter, Anne-Aurélie Sappin, Jean-Luc Pilote, Geneviève Marquis, and Daniel Lebel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-190 Open Access30 January 2023 European mineral intelligence – collecting, harmonizing and sharing data on European raw materials Lisbeth Flindt Jørgensen, Antje Wittenberg, Eimear Deady, Špela Kumelj, and Jørgen Tulstrup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-179 Full Access2 March 2023 Afghanistan's mineral fortune: prospects for fuelling a green transition? Thomas N. Hale and Saleem H. Ali https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-46 Open Access2 March 2023 Critical metals and minerals in the Nordic countries of Europe: diversity of mineralization and green energy potential Erik Jonsson, Tuomo Törmänen, Jakob Kløve Keiding, Terje Bjerkgård, Pasi Eilu, Jussi Pokki, Håvard Gautneb, Helge Reginiussen, Diogo Rosa, Martiya Sadeghi,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-55 Full Access27 January 2023 Critical and energy transition minerals in Argentina: mineral potential and challenges for strengthening public institutions Diego I. Murguía and Ana Elizabeth Bastida https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-172 Open Access17 April 2023 Digging our way to a Just Transition Eoin McGrath, Eoin O'Donnell, and Koen Torremans https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-201 Exploration for critical minerals Open Access4 July 2022 New models to aid the discovery of critical raw material deposits for the Green Stone Age Anna Bidgood and Murray Hitzman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-79 Open Access27 May 2022 GREENPEG – exploration for pegmatite minerals to feed the energy transition: first steps towards the Green Stone Age Axel Müller, Wolfgang Reimer, Frances Wall, Ben Williamson, Julian Menuge, Marco Brönner, Claudia Haase, Klaus Brauch, Claudia Pohl, Alexandre Lima, Ana Teodoro,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-189 Full Access19 May 2022 The potential for REEs in igneous-related apatite deposits in Europe Sophie Decrée, Nolwenn Coint, Vinciane Debaille, Graham Hagen-Peter, Thierry Leduc, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-175 Open Access20 May 2022 A step towards meeting battery raw material demand: the geology and exploration of graphite deposits, examples from northern Norway Håvard Gautneb, Jan Steinar Rønning, and Bjørn Eskil Larsen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-180 Full Access16 May 2022 Exploration and mining perspectives of the critical elements for green technologies in Ukraine Volodymyr A. Mykhailov, Oleksandr V. Hrinchenko, and Boris I. Malyuk https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-133 Exploration frontiers: seabed mineral deposits Full Access27 January 2023 MINDeSEA: exploring seabed mineral deposits in European seas, metallogeny and geological potential for strategic and critical raw materials Francisco J. González, Teresa Medialdea, Henrik Schiellerup, Irene Zananiri, Pedro Ferreira, Luis Somoza, Xavier Monteys, Trevor Alcorn, Egidio Marino, Ana B. Lobato,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-150 Full Access18 July 2022 Marine minerals’ role in future holistic mineral resource management Steinar Løve Ellefmo, Nicole Aberle, Verena Hagspiel, Mats Ingulstad, and Kurt Aasly https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-30
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: M 23.95502
    Description / Table of Contents: "A comprehensive reference on data assimilation and inverse problems, and their applications across a broad range of geophysical disciplines, ideal for researchers and graduate students. It highlights the importance of data assimilation for understanding dynamical processes of the Earth and its space environment, and summarises recent advances".
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Half-title page -- Series page -- Title page -- Copyright page -- Contents -- List of Contributors -- Preface -- Acknowledgements -- Part I Introduction -- 1 Inverse Problems and Data Assimilation in Earth Sciences -- 2 Emerging Directions in Geophysical Inversion -- 3 A Tutorial on Bayesian Data Assimilation -- 4 Third-Order Sensitivity Analysis, Uncertainty Quantification, Data Assimilation, Forward and Inverse Predictive Modelling for Large-Scale Systems -- Part II 'Fluid' Earth Applications: From the Surface to the Space -- 5 Data Assimilation of Seasonal Snow -- 6 Data Assimilation in Glaciology -- 7 Data Assimilation in Hydrological Sciences -- 8 Data Assimilation and Inverse Modelling of Atmospheric Trace Constituents -- 9 Data Assimilation of Volcanic Clouds: Recent Advances and Implications on Operational Forecasts -- 10 Data Assimilation in the Near-Earth Electron Radiation Environment -- Part III 'Solid' Earth Applications: From the Surface to the Core -- 11 Trans-Dimensional Markov Chain Monte Carlo Methods Applied to Geochronology and Thermochronology -- 12 Inverse Problems in Lava Dynamics -- 13 Data Assimilation for Real-Time Shake-Mapping and Prediction of Ground Shaking in Earthquake Early Warning -- 14 Global Seismic Tomography Using Time Domain Waveform Inversion -- 15 Solving Larger Seismic Inverse Problems with Smarter Methods -- 16 Joint and Constrained Inversion as Hypothesis Testing Tools -- 17 Crustal Structure and Moho Depth in the Tibetan Plateau from Inverse Modelling of Gravity Data -- 18 Geodetic Inversions and Applications in Geodynamics -- 19 Data Assimilation in Geodynamics: Methods and Applications -- 20 Geodynamic Data Assimilation: Techniques and Observables to Construct and Constrain Time-Dependent Earth Models -- 21 Understanding and Predicting Geomagnetic Secular Variation via Data Assimilation.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 357 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-00-918040-5
    Series Statement: Special Publications of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics Series
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: AWI A5-24-95744
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is the hot spot of the ongoing, global climate change. Over the last decades, near-surface temperatures in the Arctic have been rising almost four times faster than on global average. This amplified warming of the Arctic and the associated rapid changes of its environment are largely influenced by interactions between individual components of the Arctic climate system. On daily to weekly time scales, storms can have major impacts on the Arctic sea-ice cover and are thus an important part of these interactions within the Arctic climate. The sea-ice impacts of storms are related to high wind speeds, which enhance the drift and deformation of sea ice, as well as to changes in the surface energy budget in association with air mass advection, which impact the seasonal sea-ice growth and melt. The occurrence of storms in the Arctic is typically associated with the passage of transient cyclones. Even though the above described mechanisms how storms/cyclones impact the Arctic sea ice are in principal known, there is a lack of statistical quantification of these effects. In accordance with that, the overarching objective of this thesis is to statistically quantify cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean over the last four decades. In order to further advance the understanding of the related mechanisms, an additional objective is to separate dynamic and thermodynamic cyclone impacts on sea ice and assess their relative importance. Finally, this thesis aims to quantify recent changes in cyclone impacts on SIC. These research objectives are tackled utilizing various data sets, including atmospheric and oceanic reanalysis data as well as a coupled model simulation and a cyclone tracking algorithm. Results from this thesis demonstrate that cyclones are significantly impacting SIC in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean from autumn to spring, while there are mostly no significant impacts in summer. The strength and the sign (SIC decreasing or SIC increasing) of the cyclone impacts strongly depends on the considered daily time scale and the region of the Atlantic Arctic Ocean. Specifically, an initial decrease in SIC (day -3 to day 0 relative to the cyclone) is found in the Greenland, Barents and Kara Seas, while SIC increases following cyclones (day 0 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) are mostly limited to the Barents and Kara Seas. For the cold season, this results in a pronounced regional difference between overall (day -3 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) SIC-decreasing cyclone impacts in the Greenland Sea and overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in the Barents and Kara Seas. A cyclone case study based on a coupled model simulation indicates that both dynamic and thermodynamic mechanisms contribute to cyclone impacts on sea ice in winter. A typical pattern consisting of an initial dominance of dynamic sea-ice changes followed by enhanced thermodynamic ice growth after the cyclone passage was found. This enhanced ice growth after the cyclone passage most likely also explains the (statistical) overall SIC-increasing effects of cyclones in the Barents and Kara Seas in the cold season. Significant changes in cyclone impacts on SIC over the last four decades have emerged throughout the year. These recent changes are strongly varying from region to region and month to month. The strongest trends in cyclone impacts on SIC are found in autumn in the Barents and Kara Seas. Here, the magnitude of destructive cyclone impacts on SIC has approximately doubled over the last four decades. The SIC-increasing effects following the cyclone passage have particularly weakened in the Barents Sea in autumn. As a consequence, previously existing overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in this region in autumn have recently disappeared. Generally, results from this thesis show that changes in the state of the sea-ice cover (decrease in mean sea-ice concentration and thickness) and near-surface air temperature are most important for changed cyclone impacts on SIC, while changes in cyclone properties (i.e. intensity) do not play a significant role.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 131 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 The Arctic sea-ice cover 1.1.1 Sea ice in the coupled Arctic climate system 1.1.2 Recent changes of the Arctic sea ice 1.2 The atmosphere as driver of sea-ice variability 1.2.1 Large-scale circulation patterns 1.2.2 Role of cyclones 1.3 Thesis structure and research questions 2 Theory and methods 2.1 Synoptic cyclones 2.1.1 Related fundamentals of atmospheric dynamics 2.1.2 Cyclone activity in the Arctic 2.2 Cyclone tracking and cyclone occurrence mask 2.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic sea-ice variability related to cyclones 3 New insights into cyclone impacts on sea ice in the Atlantic sector of the Arctic Ocean in winter 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Data and methods 3.3.1 Database and cyclone identification 3.3.2 Quantification of cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4 Cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4.1 Effects of different time scales and regions 3.4.2 Effects of SIC conditions and cyclone depth 3.4.3 Spatial variability of SIC response to cyclones 3.4.4 Relation to near-surface wind and surface energy budget 3.5 Signature of ’New Arctic’ conditions 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary material 4 Impact of three intense winter cyclones on the sea ice cover in the Barents Sea: A case study with a coupled regional climate model 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Data and methods 4.3.1 HIRHAM–NAOSIM simulation 4.3.2 Supplementary evaluation data 4.3.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic contributions to sea-ice changes 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Cyclone cases 4.4.2 Cyclone impacts on SEB 4.4.3 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) 4.4.4 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice thickness (SIT) 4.4.5 Context to other cyclone cases during the MOSAiC winter 4.5 Discussion and conclusions 4.6 Supplementary material 5 Cyclone impacts on sea ice concentration in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean: Annual cycle and recent changes 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Data and methods 5.4 Changes in cyclones and traversed sea ice 5.5 Cyclone impacts on SIC 5.5.1 Annual cycle in the old Arctic 5.5.2 Changes in the new Arctic 5.5.3 Regional changes in autumn 5.6 Conclusions 5.7 Supplementary material 6 Conclusions and Outlook 6.1 What is the statistical impact of cyclone passages on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean? 6.2 What are the individual contributions of dynamic and thermodynamic processes to sea-ice changes related to cyclones? 6.3 Do the SIC impacts of cyclones change in a warming Arctic and what are the related mechanisms? 6.4 Ways forward Appendix: Cyclones modulate the control of the North Atlantic Oscillation on transports into the Barents Sea Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95742
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic is warming 2 – 4 times faster than the global average, resulting in a strong feedback on northern ecosystems such as boreal forests, which cover a vast area of the high northern latitudes. With ongoing global warming, the treeline subsequently migrates northwards into tundra areas. The consequences of turning ecosystems are complex: on the one hand, boreal forests are storing large amounts of global terrestrial carbon and act as a carbon sink, dragging carbon dioxide out of the global carbon cycle, suggesting an enhanced carbon uptake with increased tree cover. On the other hand, with the establishment of trees, the albedo effect of tundra decreases, leading to enhanced soil warming. Meanwhile, permafrost thaws, releasing large amounts of previously stored carbon into the atmosphere. So far, mainly vegetation dynamics have been assessed when studying the impact of warming onto ecosystems. Most land plants are living in close symbiosis with bacterial and fungal communities, sustaining their growth in nutrient poor habitats. However, the impact of climate change on these subsoil communities alongside changing vegetation cover remains poorly understood. Therefore, a better understanding of soil community dynamics on multi millennial timescales is inevitable when addressing the development of entire ecosystems. Unravelling long-term cross-kingdom dependencies between plant, fungi, and bacteria is not only a milestone for the assessment of warming on boreal ecosystems. On top, it also is the basis for agriculture strategies to sustain society with sufficient food in a future warming world. The first objective of this thesis was to assess ancient DNA as a proxy for reconstructing the soil microbiome (Manuscripts I, II, III, IV). Research findings across these projects enable a comprehensive new insight into the relationships of soil microorganisms to the surrounding vegetation. First, this was achieved by establishing (Manuscript I) and applying (Manuscript II) a primer pair for the selective amplification of ancient fungal DNA from lake sediment samples with the metabarcoding approach. To assess fungal and plant co-variation, the selected primer combination (ITS67, 5.8S) amplifying the ITS1 region was applied on samples from five boreal and arctic lakes. The obtained data showed that the establishment of fungal communities is impacted by warming as the functional ecological groups are shifting. Yeast and saprotroph dominance during the Late Glacial declined with warming, while the abundance of mycorrhizae and parasites increased with warming. The overall species richness was also alternating. The results were compared to shotgun sequencing data reconstructing fungi and bacteria (Manuscripts III, IV), yielding overall comparable results to the metabarcoding approach. Nonetheless, the comparison also pointed out a bias in the metabarcoding, potentially due to varying ITS lengths or copy numbers per genome. The second objective was to trace fungus-plant interaction changes over time (Manuscripts II, III). To address this, metabarcoding targeting the ITS1 region for fungi and the chloroplast P6 loop for plants for the selective DNA amplification was applied (Manuscript II). Further, shotgun sequencing data was compared to the metabarcoding results (Manuscript III). Overall, the results between the metabarcoding and the shotgun approaches were comparable, though a bias in the metabarcoding was assumed. We demonstrated that fungal shifts were coinciding with changes in the vegetation. Yeast and lichen were mainly dominant during the Late Glacial with tundra vegetation, while warming in the Holocene lead to the expansion of boreal forests with increasing mycorrhizae and parasite abundance. Aside, we highlighted that Pinaceae establishment is dependent on mycorrhizal fungi such as Suillineae, Inocybaceae, or Hyaloscypha species also on long-term scales. The third objective of the thesis was to assess soil community development on a temporal gradient (Manuscripts III, IV). Shotgun sequencing was applied on sediment samples from the northern Siberian lake Lama and the soil microbial community dynamics compared to ecosystem turnover. Alongside, podzolization processes from basaltic bedrock were recovered (Manuscript III). Additionally, the recovered soil microbiome was compared to shotgun data from granite and sandstone catchments (Manuscript IV, Appendix). We assessed if the establishment of the soil microbiome is dependent on the plant taxon and as such comparable between multiple geographic locations or if the community establishment is driven by abiotic soil properties and as such the bedrock area. We showed that the development of soil communities is to a great extent driven by the vegetation changes and temperature variation, while time only plays a minor role. The analyses showed general ecological similarities especially between the granite and basalt locations, while the microbiome on species-level was rather site-specific. A greater number of correlated soil taxa was detected for deep-rooting boreal taxa in comparison to grasses with shallower roots. Additionally, differences between herbaceous taxa of the late Glacial compared to taxa of the Holocene were revealed. With this thesis, I demonstrate the necessity to investigate subsoil community dynamics on millennial time scales as it enables further understanding of long-term ecosystem as well as soil development processes and such plant establishment. Further, I trace long-term processes leading to podzolization which supports the development of applied carbon capture strategies under future global warming.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 198 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung 1 Introduction 1.1 Arctic ecosystems under global warming 1.2 The plant-associated microbiome 1.3 Drivers of soil development 1.4 Ancient DNA to unravel past ecosystems 1.4.1 Lake sediments as archives of past community changes 1.4.2 Metabarcoding for targeting specific communities 1.4.3 Shotgun sequencing for broader overview 1.5 Thesis objective 1.6 Thesis outline and author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Primer design and evaluation In silico analyses Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for analyses of fungal paleoecology 2.4 Results Primer design and evaluation Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for fungal paleoecology 2.4.1 Taxonomic resolution across the cores 2.4.2 Comprehensiveness: Rarefaction and accumulation curves 2.4.3 Amplicon length and GC content to assess bias through degradation 2.4.4 General taxonomic composition of fungi in Siberian lake sediment cores Diversity of fungal paleocommunities from lake CH12 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Preservation biases and potential contamination 2.5.2 Characteristics of the optimized sedaDNA ITS1 metabarcoding assay 2.5.3 Potential of lake sediment fungal DNA for paleoecology 2.6 Author contributions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Conflict of interest 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Geographic setting and study sites 3.4 Materials and Methods 3.4.1 Sampling 3.4.2 DNA extraction and amplification 3.4.3 Bioinformatic analysis 3.4.4 Assessment of negative controls and contamination 3.4.5 Statistical analysis and visualization 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Fungi: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.2 Vegetation: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.3 Site-specific plant-fungus covariation 3.5.3.1 Fungus and plant covariation in arctic Siberia from MIS3 to the Holocene 3.5.3.2 Quantitative relationships between fungi and plant richness and composition 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Fungus and plant diversity along a spatiotemporal gradient in Siberia 3.6.2 Changes in ecosystem functioning over a spatiotemporal gradient 3.6.3 Implications of our results for ecosystem functioning and future research avenues 3.7 Conclusions Funding Availability of data and material Author contribution Declaration of competing interest Acknowledgements 3.8 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results and Discussion 4.3.1 Compositional changes of plants, fungi, and bacteria in ancient metagenomic datasets 4.3.2 Long-term soil development: a trajectory or environmentally driven processes? 4.3.3 Bioweathering supported by lichens and mycorrhiza 4.3.4 Turnover in carbon, nitrogen, and sulphur cycling 4.3.5 Tracing podzolization 4.4 Implications and conclusions 4.5 Material and methods 4.5.1 Geographical setting and study site 4.5.2 X-ray fluorescence scanning of the sediment core 4.5.3 Core sub-sampling 4.5.4 DNA extraction 4.5.5 Single stranded DNA library build 4.5.6 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing results 4.5.7 Data analysis 4.5.8 Analysis of the ancient patterns 4.5.9 Statistical analysis of the dataset Acknowledgements 4.6 References Declarations 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Long-term rhizosphere establishment in tundra and taiga areas 5.1.1 SedaDNA as a proxy for soil microbiome 5.1.1.1 Fungal DNA metabarcoding 5.1.1.2 Targeting soil communities with shotgun sequencing 5.1.1.3 Comparison between metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing for the soil microbiome 5.1.2 Fungi-vegetation interaction changes over time 5.1.3 Soil development on a temporal gradient 5.2 Conclusion and future perspectives 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.4 Manuscript IV 7.4.1 Abstract 7.4.2 Introduction 7.4.3 Geographical setting and study sites 7.4.4 Material & Methods 7.4.4.1 Sub-sampling of the sediment cores 7.4.4.2 DNA extraction 7.4.4.3 Single stranded DNA library built 7.4.4.4 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing data 7.4.4.5 Data analysis 7.4.4.6 Statistical analysis of the datasets 7.4.5 Results 7.4.5.1 Compositional changes of representative plant taxa alongside dynamics in fungal ecologies and bacterial element cycling in ancient metagenomic datasets 7.4.5.2 Impact of abiotic and biotic drivers on soil establishment across geographical locations 7.4.5.3 Relative positive correlations of functional soil taxa with plants across the locations 7.4.5.4 Assessment of the plant taxon-specific microbiome across the locations 7.4.6 Discussion 7.4.6.1 Site-specific soil development 7.4.6.2 Differences in the bedrock 7.4.6.3 Correlation between the lake biota 7.4.6.3.1 General Trends in positively correlated rhizosphere taxa 7.4.6.3.2 Plant taxa specific microbiome 7.4.7 Implications and future directions 7.4.8 References 7.4.9 Supplement to manuscript IV Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung Damage pattern analysis – Auflagen Doktorarbeit Summary Main References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95302
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change of anthropogenic origin is affecting Earth’s biodiversity and therefore ecosystems and their services. High latitude ecosystems are even more impacted than the rest of Northern Hemisphere because of the amplified polar warming. Still, it is challenging to predict the dynamics of high latitude ecosystems because of complex interaction between abiotic and biotic components. As the past is the key to the future, the interpretation of past ecological changes to better understand ongoing processes is possible. In the Quaternary, the Pleistocene experienced several glacial and interglacial stages that affected past ecosystems. During the last Glacial, the Pleistocene steppe-tundra was covering most of unglaciated northern hemisphere and disappeared in parallel to the megafauna’s extinction at the transition to the Holocene (~11,700 years ago). The origin of the steppe-tundra decline is not well understood and knowledge on the mechanisms, which caused shifts in past communities and ecosystems, is of high priority as they are likely comparable to those affecting modern ecosystems. Lake or permafrost core sediments can be retrieved to investigate past biodiversity at transitions between glacial and interglacial stages. Siberia and Beringia were the origin of dispersal of the steppe-tundra, which make investigation this area of high priority. Until recently, macrofossils and pollen were the most common approaches. They are designed to reconstruct past composition changes but have limit and biases. Since the end of the 20th century, sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) can also be investigated. My main objectives were, by using sedaDNA approaches to provide scientific evidence of compositional and diversity changes in the Northern Hemisphere ecosystems at the transition between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages. In this thesis, I provide snapshots of entire ancient ecosystems and describe compositional changes between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages, and confirm the vegetation composition and the spatial and temporal boundaries of the Pleistocene steppe-tundra. I identify a general loss of plant diversity with extinction events happening in parallel of megafauna’ extinction. I demonstrate how loss of biotic resilience led to the collapse of a previously well-established system and discuss my results in regards to the ongoing climate change. With further work to constrain biases and limits, sedaDNA can be used in parallel or even replace the more established macrofossils and pollen approaches as my results support the robustness and potential of sedaDNA to answer new palaeoecological questions such as plant diversity changes, loss and provide snapshots of entire ancient biota.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der vom Menschen verursachte Klimawandel wirkt sich auf die biologische Vielfalt der Erde und damit auf die Ökosysteme und ihre Leistungen aus. Die Ökosysteme in den hohen Breitengraden sind aufgrund der verstärkten Erwärmung an den Polen noch stärker betroffen als der Rest der nördlichen Hemisphäre. Dennoch ist es schwierig, die Dynamik von Ökosystemen in den hohen Breitengraden vorherzusagen, da die Wechselwirkungen zwischen abiotischen und biotischen Komponenten sehr komplex sind. Da die Vergangenheit der Schlüssel zur Zukunft ist, ist die Interpretation vergangener ökologischer Veränderungen möglich, um laufende Prozesse besser zu verstehen. Im Quartär durchlief das Pleistozän mehrere glaziale und interglaziale Phasen, welche die Ökosysteme der Vergangenheit beeinflussten. Während des letzten Glazials bedeckte die pleistozäne Steppentundra den größten Teil der unvergletscherten nördlichen Hemisphäre und verschwand parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna am Übergang zum Holozän (vor etwa 11 700 Jahren). Der Ursprung des Rückgangs der Steppentundra ist nicht gut erforscht, und die Kenntnis über die Mechanismen, die zu den Veränderungen in den vergangenen Lebensgemeinschaften und Ökosystemen geführt haben, ist von hoher Priorität, da sie wahrscheinlich mit denen vergleichbar sind, die sich auf moderne Ökosysteme auswirken. Durch die Entnahme von See- oder Permafrostkernsedimenten kann die vergangene Artenvielfalt an den Übergängen zwischen Eis- und Zwischeneiszeiten untersucht werden. Sibirien und Beringia waren der Ursprung der Ausbreitung der Steppentundra, weshalb die Untersuchung dieses Gebiets hohe Priorität hat. Bis vor kurzem waren Makrofossilien und Pollen die gängigsten Methoden. Sie dienen der Rekonstruktion vergangener Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung, haben aber ihre Grenzen und Schwächen. Seit Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts kann auch sedimentäre alte DNA (sedaDNA) untersucht werden. Mein Hauptziel war es, durch den Einsatz von sedaDNA-Ansätzen wissenschaftliche Beweise für Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung und Vielfalt der Ökosysteme der nördlichen Hemisphäre am Übergang zwischen den quartären Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten zu liefern. In dieser Arbeit liefere ich Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Ökosysteme und beschreibe die Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung zwischen Quartärglazialen und Interglazialen und bestätige die Vegetationszusammensetzung sowie die räumlichen und zeitlichen Grenzen der pleistozänen Steppentundra. Ich stelle einen allgemeinen Verlust der Pflanzenvielfalt fest, wobei das Aussterben der Pflanzen parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna verlief. Ich zeige auf, wie der Verlust der biotischen Widerstandsfähigkeit zum Zusammenbruch eines zuvor gut etablierten Systems führte, und diskutiere meine Ergebnisse im Hinblick auf den laufenden Klimawandel. Mit weiteren Arbeiten zur Eingrenzung von Verzerrungen und Grenzen kann sedaDNA parallel zu den etablierteren Makrofossilien- und Pollenansätzen verwendet werden oder diese sogar ersetzen, da meine Ergebnisse die Robustheit und das Potenzial von sedaDNA zur Beantwortung neuer paläoökologischer Fragen wie Veränderungen der Pflanzenvielfalt und -verluste belegen und Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Biota liefern.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 217 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 General introduction 1.1 A changing world 1.1.1 Global changes of anthropogenic origin 1.1.2 Amplified crisis in the high latitudes 1.2 The past is the key to the future 1.2.1 The Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages 1.2.2 The Beringia study case 1.3 Investigating past biodiversity 1.3.1 Traditional tools 1.3.2 Newest sedaDNA proxies 1.4 Motivation and aims of the thesis 1.5 Structure of the thesis 1.6 Author’s contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Geographical settings 2.3.2 Fieldwork and subsampling 2.3.3 Core splicing and dating 2.3.4 Sediment-geochemical analyses 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Molecular genetic preparation 2.3.7 Processing of sedaDNA data 2.3.8 Statistical analysis and visualization 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Age model 2.4.2 Sediment-geochemical core composition 2.4.3 Pollen stratigraphy 2.4.4 sedaDNA composition 2.4.5 Comparison between pollen and sedaDNA 2.4.6 Taxa richness investigation 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Proxy validation 2.5.2 Vegetation compositional changes in response to climate inferred from pollen and sedaDNA records 2.5.3 The steppe-tundra of the Late Pleistocene 2.5.4 The disrupted Pleistocene-Holocene transition 2.5.5 The boreal forest of the Holocene 2.5.6 Changes in vegetation richness through the Pleistocene/Holocene transition inferred from the sedaDNA record 2.6 Conclusion Data availability statement Funding References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Method 3.3.1 Site description and timeframe 3.3.2 Sampling, DNA extraction and PCR 3.3.3 Filtering and cleaning dataset 3.3.4 Identification of taxa – species signal 3.3.5 Resampling 3.3.6 Assessment of the species pool stability 3.3.7 Quantification of extinct and extirpated taxa 3.3.8 Characterisation of species and candidate species 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Changes in the composition and species pool at the Pleistocene - Holocene transition 3.4.2 Decrease in the regional plant species richness between the Pleistocene and the Holocene 3.4.3 Identification of loss taxa events 3.4.4 Characterisation of lost taxa 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Biotic and abiotic changes in the ecosystem - a cocktail for extinction 3.5.2 Identification and quantification of potential plant taxa loss 3.5.3 Characterisation of potential taxa loss 3.5.4 Limits of the method 3.5.5 Conclusions and perspectives Funding References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Material & Methods 4.3.1 Fieldwork and subsampling 4.3.2 Chronology 4.3.3 Pollen analysis 4.3.4 Isolation of sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Metabarcoding approach 4.3.6 Shotgun approach 4.3.7 Bioinformatic processing 4.4 Results 4.4.1 General results of the three approaches: pollen, metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing 4.4.2 Plants (Viridiplantae) 4.4.3 Fungi 4.4.4 Mammals (Mammalia) 4.4.5 Birds (Aves) 4.4.6 Insects (Insecta) 4.4.7 Prokaryotes (Bacteria, Archaea) and Viruses 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Interglacial communities 4.5.2 Glacial communities 4.5.3 Potential and limitations of the sedaDNA shotgun approach applied to ancient permafrost sediments 4.6 Conclusions Data availability statement Funding References 5 Synthesis 5.1 Ecological changes between glacial and interglacial stages 5.1.1 Changes in the compositional structure 5.1.2 Loss of plant diversity 5.1.3 Potential drivers of change 5.2 High potential of sedaDNA for past biodiversity reconstruction 5.3 Conclusions and future perspectives Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Supplementary material for Manuscript I Appendix 2: Supplementary material for Manuscript II Appendix 3: Supplementary material for Manuscript III Appendix 4: Manuscript IV Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(520)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 520
    Description / Table of Contents: This book brings together research, review and methodological papers that provide an updated view on the sedimentary record of volcanism, spanning diverse processes and environments. It aims to bridge the gap between volcanological and sedimentological approaches to the investigation of processes governing the generation, dispersion and accumulation of volcaniclastic deposits.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VI, 673 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205667 , 978-1-78620-566-7 , 1786205661
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 520
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Volcanic Processes in the Sedimentary Record: When Volcanoes Meet the Environment Full Access12 April 2023 A. Di Capua, R. De Rosa, G. Kereszturi, E. Le Pera, M. Rosi, and S. F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520 Introduction Full Access3 February 2023 From volcanoes to sedimentary systems Andrea Di Capua, Rosanna De Rosa, Gabor Kereszturi, Emilia Le Pera, Mauro Rosi, and Sebastian F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-303 Particle generation and transport in volcanically influenced sedimentary systems Volcanically-derived deposits and sequences: a unified terminological scheme for application in modern and ancient environments Full Access11 October 2022 Andrea Di Capua, Rosanna De Rosa, Gabor Kereszturi, Emilia Le Pera, Mauro Rosi, and Sebastian F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-201 Subaerial volcaniclastic deposits – influences of initiation mechanisms and transport behaviour on characteristics and distributions Open Access12 July 2022 Jon J. Major https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-142 Magma–rock interactions: a review of their influence on magma rising processes with emphasis on short-timescale assimilation of carbonate rocks Full Access31 May 2022 M. Knuever, R. Sulpizio, D. Mele, and A. Costa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-177 Sedimentation associated with glaciovolcanism: a review Full Access1 March 2022 John Laidlaw Smellie https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-135 Volcano-sedimentary processes at Las Derrumbadas rhyolitic twin domes, Serdán-Oriental Basin, Eastern Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt Full Access31 January 2022 Marie-Noëlle Guilbaud, Corentin Chédeville, Ángel Nahir Molina-Guadarrama, Julio Cesar Pineda-Serrano, and Claus Siebe https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-144 A channelized debris-avalanche deposit from Pirongia basaltic stratovolcano, New Zealand Full Access17 September 2021 Oliver Emerson McLeod and Adrian Pittari https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-222 The influence of volcanic supply on the composition of modern river sands: the case study of the Ofanto River, southern Italy Full Access22 November 2021 Mariano Tenuta, Paola Donato, Rocco Dominici, and Rosanna De Rosa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-89 Provenance controls on volcaniclastic beach sand: example from the Aeolian archipelago, Mediterranean Sea Full Access18 November 2021 Consuele Morrone, Emilia Le Pera, Kathleen M. Marsaglia, and Rosanna De Rosa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-91 Weathering on volcanic edifices under semiarid climates: insights from a regional assessment of the composition of Fogo Island regoliths (Cape Verde) Full Access23 September 2021 Marina Cabral Pinto, Pedro A. Dinis, Denise Pitta Groz, Rosa Marques, Maria Isabel Prudêncio, Rui Moura, Fernando Tavares Rocha, and Eduardo Ferreira da Silva https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-61 Processes controlling volcanic and epiclastic reservoir formation in a buried polygenetic stratocone Full Access14 December 2021 Alan Bischoff, Jessica Fensom, Huafeng Tang, Marcos Rossetti, and Andrew Nicol https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-137 Geodynamics and progradation of volcaniclastic sequences through sedimentary systems Temporal and spatial significance of volcanic particles in sand(stone): implications for provenance and palaeotectonic reconstructions Full Access30 August 2022 Salvatore Critelli, Sara Criniti, Raymond V. Ingersoll, and William Cavazza https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-99 Igneous and sedimentary ‘limestones’: the puzzling challenge of a converging classification Open Access25 November 2021 Francesco Stoppa, Simonetta Cirilli, Andrea Sorci, Sam Broom-Fendley, Claudia Principe, Maria Grazia Perna, and Gianluigi Rosatelli https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-120 Non-marine environments Controls on sediment distribution in a volcanically-affected basin: insights from the Ethiopian Flood Basalt Province Full Access8 October 2021 Simon R. Passey, Charlotte Elizabeth McLean, and Dereje Ayalew https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-70 Volcaniclastic sedimentation in a closed, marginal rift basin: the case of the Melka Kunture area (upper Awash, Ethiopia) Full Access23 January 2023 L. Pioli, R. T. Melis, and M. Mussi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-158 From ‘source to sink’ to ‘sink to source’: a review of volcanic fluvial and lacustrine successions in Japan Full Access9 January 2023 Kyoko S. Kataoka https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-171 Assessing woody vegetation recovery in the Rayas River following the eruption of the Chaitén Volcano in 2008 Full Access14 February 2022 Héctor Ulloa, Bruno Mazzorana, Andrés Iroumé, and Susana Paula https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-261 Volcaniclastic lacustrine sedimentation in the Pleistocene Guayllabamba intermontane basin in the Ecuadorian Andes Full Access11 January 2022 German Martin-Merino, Matteo Roverato, and Rafael Almeida https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-66 Evidence of the Early Holocene eruptive activity of Volcán de Colima and the 8.2 kyr global climatic event in lacustrine sediments from a debris avalanche-dammed lake Full Access8 October 2021 Lucia Capra, Matteo Roverato, Juan Pablo Bernal, and Abel Cortés https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-63 Physical and chemical depositional processes when volcanoes meet lacustrine environments: the Cretaceous Imjado Volcanics, Jeungdo, southwestern Korea Full Access23 September 2021 Yong Sik Gihm https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-65 Marine environments Volcano–air–sea interactions in a coastal tuff ring, Jeju Island, Korea Open Access15 September 2021 Young Kwan Sohn, Chanwoo Sohn, Woo Seok Yoon, Jong Ok Jeong, Seok-Hoon Yoon, and Hyeongseong Cho https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-52 Volcaniclastic deposits and sedimentation processes around volcanic ocean islands: the central Azores Full Access4 November 2021 Yu-Chun Chang, Neil C. Mitchell, Thor H. Hansteen, Julie C. Schindlbeck-Belo, and Armin Freundt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-62 Marine carbonate sedimentation in volcanic settings Full Access30 November 2021 Stephen W. Lokier https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-251 Tephra layers in the marine environment: a review of properties and emplacement processes Open Access6 December 2021 Armin Freundt, Julie C. Schindlbeck-Belo, Steffen Kutterolf, and Jenni L. Hopkins https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-50 Environmental responses to eruptions: eruptions, climate and sedimentation Rapid changes from arid to humid conditions during the onset of the Paraná–Etendeka Igneous Province: can volcanic gas emissions from continental flood basalts affect the precipitation regime? Full Access24 September 2021 Vinicius Godoi Pereira da Cruz, Evandro Fernandes de Lima, Lucas de Magalhaes May Rossetti, and Natalia Gauer Pasqualon https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-176
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95540
    In: World ocean review, 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-733-8 , 9783866487338
    Series Statement: World ocean review 8
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Kapitel 1 Dringlichst gesucht – Wege aus der Klimakrise Alarmstufe Rot für Mensch und Natur Lösungen für das Treibhausgas-Problem? CONCLUSIO: Die Klimakrise kennt nur eine Lösung: Treibhausgasneutralität Kapitel 2 Die Rolle des Ozeans im Kohlenstoffkreislauf der Erde Wie der Ozean Kohlendioxid aufnimmt CONCLUSIO: Kohlenstoffspeicher Ozean: Riesig, effizient und in Gefahr 67 Kapitel 3 Das ungenutzte Klimaschutzpotenzial der Ökosysteme an Land Wälder, Wiesen und Böden als Kohlenstoffspeicher CONCLUSIO: Lösungen, die viel zu selten umgesetzt werden Kapitel 4 Marine CDR-Verfahren: Forschung unter Zeit- und Erwartungsdruck Ein Ozean der Möglichkeiten oder gefährlicher Hype? Kapitel 5 Mehr Kohlenstoffeinlagerung in Wiesen und Wäldern des Meeres? Blue Carbon: Ein Lösungsansatz mit doppeltem Nutzen CONCLUSIO: Küstenökosysteme: Marine Kohlenstoffsenke mit unverzichtbaren Zusatzleistungen Kapitel 6 Künstlicher Auftrieb: Die Idee von der Begrünung des Ozeans Eine Anschubhilfe für die biologische Kohlenstoffpumpe CONCLUSIO: Künstlicher Auftrieb – Prädikat: „nur bedingt nützlich“ Kapitel 7 Gezielte Eingriffe in die Meereschemie Alkalinitätserhöhung: Verfahren in den Kinderschuhen CONCLUSIO: Alkalinitätserhöhung – theoretisch verstanden, im Feld jedoch kaum getestet Kapitel 8 Kohlendioxid verpressen tief unter dem Meer Gasspeicherung in Sandsteinschichten und Basaltgestein CONCLUSIO: Kohlendioxidspeicherung unter dem Meer: Ein umstrittenes Verfahren im Aufwind Kapitel 9 Leitprinzipien und Regeln für einen Einsatz mariner CDR-Verfahren Wie regelt man eine verstärkte CO2-Aufnahme des Meeres? CONCLUSIO: Regulierung möglicher CDR-Einsätze: Gebraucht werden klare Strategien und Vorschriften Gesamt-Conclusio Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum .
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9/M 24.95579
    In: Geological Society memoir
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 361 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-467-7
    Series Statement: Geological Society Memoir 56
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Marburg] : H4O - Heroes for the Ocean
    Call number: AWI G2-24-95628
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 850 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783000752018 , 978-3-00-075201-8
    Series Statement: Edition 1 - Ostsee - Nordsee, Nordatlantik
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort ERSTER TEIL Faszination Ozean Im Reich der Tiefe Astronaut auf Erden Die Stimme der Meere ZWEITER TEIL Am Abgrund der Meere Der Schatz von Helgoland Geisterjagd vor Rügen Am Limit DRITTER TEIL Der Weg nach vorn Unscheinbarer Superheld Grundreinigung Mut zur Hoffnung Dein Leben für den Ozean DANKSAGUNG DIE AUTOREN IMPRESSUM BILDNACHWEIS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : De Gruyter
    Call number: 6/M 23.95307
    Description / Table of Contents: The fifth edition of this textbook has been completely revised and significantly extended in order to reflect the revolution of geodetic technologies, methods and applications during the last decade. The Global Geodetic Observing System established by the IAG utilizes a variety of techniques to determine the geometric shape of the earth and its kinematics, the variations of earth rotation, and the earth’s gravity field. The societal importance of geodetic products was highlighted by the UN resolution on the Global Geodetic Reference Frame. In this context, both space and terrestrial techniques play a fundamental role. Recent space missions are monitoring climate-relevant processes such as mass transport in the Earth system and sea level changes. The analysis of the time variation of the geodetic products provides the link to neighboring geosciences and contributes to proper modelling of geodynamic processes. New satellite mission concepts and novel technologies such as quantum gravimetry and optical clocks show great potential to further improve the geodetic observing system in the future. The book especially addresses graduate students in the fields of geodesy, geophysics, surveying engineering, geomatics, and space navigation. It should also serve as a reference for geoscientists and engineers facing geodetic problems in their professional work. The book follows the principal directions of geodesy, providing the theoretical background as well as the principles of measurement and evaluation methods, which is enriched with numerous figures. An extensive reference list supports further studies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 506 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 5th edition
    ISBN: 978-3-11-072329-8
    Series Statement: Graduate
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 6/M 23.95318
    In: International Association of Geodesy symposia
    Description / Table of Contents: Geometric Reference Frames -- Combined IVS Contribution to the ITRF2020 -- An Experimental Combination of IGS repro3 Campaign’s Orbit Products Using a Variance Component Estimation Strategy -- The Correlations of the Helmert Transformation Parameters as an Additional Auxiliary Diagnostic Tool for Terrestrial Reference Frames Quality Assessment -- Shimosato Co-Location of the SLR and GNSS Stations -- Local Ties at SLR Station Riga -- Datum Problem Handling in Local Tie Surveys at Wettzell and Metsähovi -- Close Range Photogrammetry for High-Precision Reference Point Determination: A Proof of Concept at Satellite Observing System Wettzell -- Frame Accuracy of Combined EPN Weekly Coordinate Solutions -- The Atlantic Network of Geodynamic and Space Stations (RAEGE): A Spanish-Portuguese Infrastructure of Geodetic Stations -- ITRF Densification in Cyprus -- Geodetic Analyses at the National Geographic Institute of Spain -- Large-Scale Dimensional Metrology for Geodesy - First Results from the European GeoMetre Project -- Bureau of Products and Standards: Description and Promotion of Geodetic Products -- Physical Height Systems -- Can an Earth Gravitational Model Augmented by a Topographic Gravity Field Model Realize the International Height Reference System Accurately? -- Assessing Molodensky’s Heights: A Rebuttal -- On the Accuracy of Geoid Heights Derived from Discrete GNSS/Levelling Data Using Kriging Interpolation -- Gravimetric Geoid Modeling by Stokes and Second Helmert’s Condensation Method in Yogyakarta, Indonesia -- A Geodetic Determination of the Gravitational Potential Difference Toward a 100-km-scale Clock Frequency Comparison in a Plate Subduction Zone -- Validation of the Hellenic Gravity Network in the Frame of the ModernGravNet Project -- Global Gravity Field Modeling -- Combined Gravity Solution from SLR and GRACE/GRACE-FO -- Contribution of LARES SLR Data to Co-estimated Earth Geopotential Coefficients -- Determination and Combination of Monthly Gravity Field Time Series from Kinematic Orbits of GRACE, GRACE-FO and Swarm -- Topographic Gravity Field Modelling for Improving High-Resolution Global Gravity Field Models -- The Benefit of Accelerometers Based on Cold Atom Interferometry for Future Satellite Gravity Missions -- Kalman-Filter Based Hybridization of Classic and Cold Atom Interferometry Accelerometers for Future Satellite Gravity Missions -- Gravimetry by Nanoscale Parametric Amplifiers Driven by Radiation-Induced Dispersion Force Modulation -- Earth Rotation -- On the Improvement of Combined EOP Series by Adding 24-hour VLBI Sessions to VLBI Intensives and GNSS Data -- Investigating the Relationship Between Length of Day and El-Niño Using Wavelet Coherence Method -- Estimation of Earth Rotation Parameter UT1 from Lunar Laser Ranging Observations -- Surface Deformation Monitoring -- Determination of a GNSS-Based Velocity Field of the African Continent -- Vertical Land Motion at Tide Gauges Observed by GNSS: A New GFZ-TIGA Solution -- CyCLOPS: A National Integrated GNSS/InSAR Strategic Research Infrastructure for Monitoring Geohazards and Forming the Next Generation Datum of the Republic of Cyprus -- GNSS Positioning -- Dilution of Precision (DOP) Factors for Evaluating Observations to Galileo Satellites with VLBI -- On the Limits of State-of-the-Art GNSS Receivers in Frequency Transfer -- On the Effect of Antenna Calibration Errors on Geodetic Estimates: Investigation on Zero and Double Difference Approaches -- Estimation and Calibration of Codephase Center Correction Using the Empirical Mode Decomposition -- On the Potential of Image Similarity Metrics for Comparing Phase Center Corrections -- Multipath Characterization Using Ray-Tracing in Urban Trenches -- Bounding the Residual Tropospheric Error by Interval Analysis -- Precise Orbit Determination of CubeSats Using Proposed Observations Weighting Model -- Geodetic Atmospheric and Remote Sensing -- Optimal TEC Forecast Models Based on Machine Learning and Time Series Analysis Techniques – A Preliminary Study on the Ring of Fire -- Sensitivity of Shipborne GNSS Troposphere Retrieval to Processing Parameters -- Application of the Total Variation Method in Near Real-Time GNSS Tropospheric Tomography -- Comparison of the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power Parameter in CYGNSS v2.1 and v3.0 Level 1 Data and Its Impact on Soil Moisture Estimation -- Cross-Polarization Correction for Soil Moisture Retrieval Using GNSS SNR Data.
    Description / Table of Contents: This open access volume contains selected papers of the 2021 Scientific Assembly of the International Association of Geodesy – IAG2021. The Assembly was hosted by the Chinese Society for Geodesy, Photogrammetry and Cartography (CSGPC) in Beijing, China from June 28 to July 2, 2021. It was a hybrid conference with in-person and online attendants. In total, the Assembly was attended by 146 in-person participants and 1,123 online participants. The theme of the Assembly was Geodesy for a Sustainable Earth. 613 contributions (255 oral presentations and 358 poster presentations) covered all topics of the broad spectrum considered by the IAG: geodetic reference frames, Earth gravity field modelling, Earth rotation and geodynamics, positioning and applications, the Global Geodetic Observing System (GGOS), geodesy for climate research, marine geodesy, and novel sensors and quantum technology for geodesy. All published papers were peer-reviewed, and we warmly recognize the contributions and support of the Associate Editors and Reviewers. .
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 441 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783031295065
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 154
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-95014
    Description / Table of Contents: The deciduous needle tree larch (Larix Mill.) covers more than 80% of the Asian boreal forests. Only a few Larix species constitute the vast forests and these species differ markedly in their ecological traits, most importantly in their ability to grow on and stabilize underlying permafrost. The pronounced dominance of the summergreen larches makes the Asian boreal forests unique, as the rest of the northern hemisphere boreal forests is almost exclusively dominated by evergreen needle-leaf forests. Global warming is impacting the whole world but is especially pronounced in the arctic and boreal regions. Although adapted to extreme climatic conditions, larch forests are sensitive to varying climatic conditions. By their sheer size, changes in Asian larch forests as range shifts or changes in species composition and the resulting vegetation-climate feedbacks are of global relevance. It is however still uncertain if larch forests will persist under the ongoing warming climate or if they will be replaced by evergreen forests. It is therefore of great importance to understand how these ecosystems will react to future climate warmings and if they will maintain their dominance. One step in the better understanding of larch dynamics is to study how the vast dominant forests developed and why they only established in northern Asia. A second step is to study how the species reacted to past changes in the climate. The first objective of this thesis was to review and identify factors promoting Asian larch dominance. I achieved this by synthesizing and comparing reported larch occurrences and influencing components on the northern hemisphere continents in the present and in the past. The second objective was to find a possibility to directly study past Larix populations in Siberia and specifically their genetic variation, enabling the study of geographic movements. For this, I established chloroplast enrichment by hybridization capture from sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) isolated from lake sediment records. The third objective was to use the established method to track past larch populations, their glacial refugia during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) around 21,000 years before present (ka BP), and their post-glacial migration patterns. To study larch promoting factors, I compared the present state of larch species ranges, areas of dominance, their bioclimatic niches, and the distribution on different extents and thaw depths of permafrost. The species comparison showed that the bioclimatic niches greatly overlap between the American and Asian species and that it is only in the extremely continental climates in which only the Asian larch species can persist. I revealed that the area of dominance is strongly connected to permafrost extent but less linked to permafrost seasonal thaw depths. Comparisons of the paleorecord of larch between the continents suggest differences in the recolonization history. Outside of northern Asia and Alaska, glacial refugial populations of larch were confined to the southern regions and thus recolonization could only occur as migration from south to north. Alaskan larch populations could not establish wide-range dominant forest which could be related to their own genetically depletion as separated refugial population. In Asia, it is still unclear whether or not the northern refugial populations contributed and enhanced the postglacial colonization or whether they were replaced by populations invading from the south in the course of climate warming. Asian larch dominance is thus promoted partly by adaptions to extremely continental climates and by adaptations to grow on continuous permafrost but could be also connected to differences in glacial survival and recolonization history of Larix species. Except for extremely rare macrofossil findings of fossilized cones, traditional methods to study past vegetation are not able to distinguish between larch species or populations. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore established a method to retrieve genetic information of past larch populations to distinguish between species. Using the Larix chloroplast genome as target, I successfully applied the method of DNA target enrichment by hybridization capture on sedaDNA samples from lake records and showed that it is able to distinguish between larch species. I then used the method on samples from lake records from across Siberia dating back up to 50 ka BP. The results allowed me to address the question of glacial survival and post-glacial recolonization mode in Siberian larch species. The analyzed pattern showed that LGM refugia were almost exclusively constituted by L. gmelinii, even in sites of current L. sibirica distribution. For included study sites, L. sibirica migrated into its extant northern distribution area only in the Holocene. Consequently, the post-glacial recolonization of L. sibirica was not enhanced by northern glacial refugia. In case of sites in extant distribution area of L. gmelinii, the absence of a genetic turn-over point to a continuous population rather than an invasion of southern refugia. The results suggest that climate has a strong influence on the distribution of Larix species and that species may also respond differently to future climate warming. Because species differ in their ecological characteristics, species distribution is also relevant with respect to further feedbacks between vegetation and climate. With this thesis, I give an overview of present and past larch occurrences and evaluate which factors promote their dominance. Furthermore, I provide the tools to study past Larix species and give first important insights into the glacial history of Larix populations.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Larix forests in a changing climate 1.2 The genus Larix 1.3 Larix distribution in the world and their dominance in northern Asia 1.4 Methods to study past species dynamics 1.4.1 Modern genetic marker studies 1.4.2 Lake sediments as archives of the past 1.4.3 Pollen and macrofossils 1.4.4 Metabarcoding of sedimentary ancient DNA 1.4.5 Metagenomic shotgun sequencing 1.4.6 Target enrichment by hybridization capture 1.5 Thesis Objectives 1.6 Thesis outline & author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Bioclimatic limits 2.3.2 Pollen, macrofossil, and DNA datasets 2.3.3 Ice sheets 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Bioclimatic limits of Larix and its distribution on permafrost 2.4.2 Glacial occurrence patterns of Larix 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Are differences in species bioclimatic limits responsible for disparity in Larix distribution across continents? 2.5.2 Do high latitude glacial refugia guarantee larch dominance? 2.5.3 What role does postglacial migration play in larch dominance? 2.5.4 Fire as an additional factor 2.5.5 Outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Author contributions 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Sample material 3.3.2 Laboratory work 3.3.3 Data analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the shotgun and hybridization capture data sets 3.4.2 Ancient DNA authenticity 3.4.3 Retrieval of the Larix chloroplast genome 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Taxonomic classification—conservative approach results in low numbers of assignment 3.5.2 Target enrichment success—Larix reads increased by orders of magnitude along with other taxonomic groups 3.5.3 Complete retrieval of ancient Larix chloroplast genomes 3.5.4 Larix sibirica variants present over time 3.5.5 Larch forest decline over the last 7000 years 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgments 3.8 Author contributions 3.9 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results & Discussion 4.3.1 Chloroplast and repetitive DNA enrichment in the sedaDNA samples 4.3.2 A wider pre-glacial distribution of L. sibirica 4.3.3 Larix gmelinii formed northern LGM refugia across Siberia 4.3.4 Postglacial colonization history - differences among larch species 4.3.5 Environment likely plays a more important role than biogeography 4.4 Conclusion 4.5 Material & methods 4.5.1 Sample material 4.5.2 Sequence data analysis 4.6 Data availability 4.7 Acknowledgments 4.8 Author contributions 4.9 References 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Hybridization capture is a well-suited method to study ancient species dynamics 5.1.1 Advantages and limitations of shotgun sequencing 5.1.2 Successful hybridization capture enrichment using chloroplast DNA 5.1.3 Challenges in single-copy target enrichment 5.1.4 Limitations and potentials to improve sedaDNA capture studies 5.2 Factors promoting Asian larch dominance 5.3 Drivers of Larix species distribution 5.3.1 Implications for larch forests under climate warming 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.3.1 Material and Methods 7.3.2 Additional Results & Discussions 7.3.3 References Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 18 / M 22.94805
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 398 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm x 16.8 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 978-3-8362-8659-6 , 3836286599
    Series Statement: SAP PRESS
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: 21/M 23.95063
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 36 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(512/B)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 512
    Description / Table of Contents: The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale consists of two subsystems, six series and seven stages. Precise numerical age control within the Carboniferous is uneven, and a global magnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous is far from established. Isotope stratigraphy based on Sr, C and O isotopes is at an early stage but has already identified a few Sr and C isotope events of use to global correlation. Cyclostratigraphy has created a workable astrochronology for part of Pennsylvanian time that needs better calibration. Chronostratigraphic definitions of most of the seven Carboniferous stages remain unfinished. Future research on the Carboniferous timescale should focus on Global Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) selection for the remaining, undefined stage bases, definition and characterization of substages, and further development and integration of the Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale with radioisotopic, magnetostratigraphic, chemostratigraphic and cyclostratigraphic tools for calibration and correlation, and the cross-correlation of non-marine and marine chronologies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 696-1016 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205421 , 978-1-78620-542-1
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 512
    Language: English
    Note: Contents PART A Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous timescale: an introduction Carboniferous chronostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale: history, status and prospectus Alekseev, A. S., Nikolaeva, S. V., Goreva, N. V., Donova, N. B., Kossovaya, O. L., Kulagina, E. I., Kucheva, N. A., Kurilenko, A. V., Kutygin, R. V., Popeko, L. I. and Stepanova, T. I. / Russian regional Carboniferous stratigraphy González, C. R. and Díaz Saravia, P. / Proposed chronostratigraphic units for the Carboniferous and early Permian of the southwestern Gondwana margin Magnetostratigraphy Hounslow, M. W. / A geomagnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous Isotope stratigraphy Chen, J., Chen, B. and Montañez, I. P. 7 Carboniferous isotope stratigraphy Cyclostratigraphy Montañez, I. P. 7 Current synthesis of the penultimate icehouse and its imprint on the Upper Devonian through Permian stratigraphic record Marine biostratigraphy Vachard, D. and Le Coze, F. 7 Carboniferous smaller Foraminifera: convergences and divergences Ueno, K. 7 Carboniferous fusuline Foraminifera: taxonomy, regional biostratigraphy, and palaeobiogeographic faunal development Angiolini, L., Cisterna, G. A., Mottequin, B., Shen, S.-Z. and Muttoni, G. 7 Global Carboniferous brachiopod biostratigraphy Ausich, W. I., Kammer, T. W. and Mirantsev, G. V. 7 Carboniferous crinoids Wang, X.-D., Yang, S.-R., Yao, L., Sugiyama, T. and Hu, K.-yi 7 Carboniferous biostratigraphy of rugose corals Nikolaeva, S. V. / Carboniferous ammonoid genozones PART B Barrick, J. E., Alekseev, A. S., Blanco-Ferrera, S., Goreva, N. V., Hu, K., Lambert, L. L., Nemyrovska, T. I., Qi, Y., Ritter, S. M. and Sanz-López, J. 7 Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy Ginter, M. / The biostratigraphy of Carboniferous chondrichthyans Non-marine biostratigraphy Eble, C. F. / Appalachian coal bed palynofloras: changes in composition through time and comparison with other areas Opluštil, S., Cleal, C. J., Wang, J. and Wan, M. / Carboniferous macrofloral biostratigraphy: an overview Schneider, J. W., Scholze, F., Ross, A. J., Blake, B. M. Jr and Lucas, S. G. / Improved blattoid insect and conchostracan zonation for the Late Carboniferous, Pennsylvanian, of Euramerica Amler, M. R. W. and Silantiev, V. V. / A global review of Carboniferous marine and non-marine bivalve biostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Stimson, M. R., King, O. A., Calder, J. H., Mansky, C. F., Hebert, B. L. and Hunt, A. P. / Carboniferous tetrapod footprint biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Lucas, S. G. / Carboniferous tetrapod biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(516)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 516
    Description / Table of Contents: Gold occurs in many settings, but the dynamic nature of Earth's crust means overlapping and overprinting deposit styles are common. Characterization of mineralization from an early stage becomes important, particularly where the mineralization is complex, in order to maximize exploration and project development success and mining productivity. Various techniques are used at different stages of a project to characterize gold deposits. This Special Publication offers a cross-section of some specific techniques used to investigate a variety of gold deposit types. The papers highlight both the breadth of the available techniques and their utility in deposit characterization, but also the many significant remaining questions and problems related to the exploration and research of gold deposits. Several papers include suggestions of avenues for fruitful further research, including a paper discussing a new approach to classifying orogenic gold deposits, and a paper describing archaeological applications of natural gold analyses.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205490 , 978-1-78620-549-0
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 516
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Torvela, T., Chapman, R. and Lambert-Smith, J. / An introduction to Recent Advances in Understanding Gold Deposits: from Orogeny to Alluvium: the importance of multi-method approaches and developing a characterization Large-scale processes, models and multi-variate datasets Mortensen, J. K., Craw, D. and MacKenzie, D. J. / Concepts and revised models for Phanerozoic orogenic gold deposits Babedi, L., von der Heyden, B. P., Tadie, M. and Mayne, M. / Trace elements in pyrite from five different gold ore deposit classes: a review and meta-analysis Liu, Y., Zhao, Y., Xue, C., Yu, L., Chu, H. and Zhao, X. / The Changshagou gold deposit, Eastern Tianshan, NW China: orogenic gold mineralization overprinting a porphyry gold occurrence Mesquita, M. J., Gomes, M. E. B., Moreira, I. de C., Paes, R. A. S., Martins, H. E. da S., Matos, J. H., Ruggiero, A., Primo, G., Ducart, D. F., Poggi, L., Pimenta, V., de Laurentis, L. Z. and Kunifoshita, A. M. U. / Paleoproterozoic gold deposits at Alta Floresta Mineral Province, Brazil: two overprinted mineralizing events? Zhao, W., Zhao, X., Xue, C., Seltmann, R., Dolgopolova, A., Andersen, J. C., Cui, X. and Xing, L. / Thermochronological constraints on the exhumation history of the Carboniferous Katebasu gold deposit, western Tianshan gold belt, NW China Orogenic gold deposit case studies Combes, V., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Teitler, Y., Heuret, A., Gibert, P. and Béziat, D. / Polyphase gold mineralization at the Yaou deposit, French Guiana Perret, J., André-Mayer, A.-S., Eglinger, A., Feneyrol, J., Voinot, A., Morlot, C., Barou, F., Teitler, Y., Seira, D. and Bosc, R. / Structural and geochemical ore-forming processes in deformed gold deposits: towards a multiscale and multimethod approach Smith, M., Banks, D., Ray, S. and Bowers, F. / Hypozonal gold mineralization in shear zone-hosted deposits driven by fault valve action and fluid mixing: the Nalunaq deposit, Greenland Alexandre, P. and Fayek, M. / Formation temperature and ages of the True North ‘orogenic’ gold deposit in Manitoba, Canada Gold in the surficial environment Chapman, R. J., Craw, D., Moles, N. R., Banks, D. A. and Grimshaw, M. R. / Evaluation of the contributions of gold derived from hypogene, supergene and surficial processes in the formation of placer gold deposits Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Bluemel, B. and Walshaw, R. D. / Detrital gold as an indicator mineral Masson, F.-X., Beaudoin, G. and Laurendeau, D. / Multi-method 2D and 3D reconstruction of gold grain morphology in alluvial deposits: a review and application to the Rivière du Moulin (Québec, Canada) Combes, V., Teitler, Y., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Heuret, A., Pochon, A., Cathelineau, M. and Gibert, P. / Diversity of supergene gold expressions and implications for gold targetting in an equatorial regolith (AMG’s Couriège Exploration Prospect, French Guiana) Leal, S., Lima, A. and Noronha, F. / Characterization of heavy mineral concentrates and detrital gold particles from the Bigorne granite-hosted gold deposit in the Iberian Variscan Belt Standish, C. D., Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Walshaw, R. D. and Sheridan, J. A. / Archaeological applications of natural gold analyses Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(512/A)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 512
    Description / Table of Contents: The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale consists of two subsystems, six series and seven stages. Precise numerical age control within the Carboniferous is uneven, and a global magnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous is far from established. Isotope stratigraphy based on Sr, C and O isotopes is at an early stage but has already identified a few Sr and C isotope events of use to global correlation. Cyclostratigraphy has created a workable astrochronology for part of Pennsylvanian time that needs better calibration. Chronostratigraphic definitions of most of the seven Carboniferous stages remain unfinished. Future research on the Carboniferous timescale should focus on Global Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) selection for the remaining, undefined stage bases, definition and characterization of substages, and further development and integration of the Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale with radioisotopic, magnetostratigraphic, chemostratigraphic and cyclostratigraphic tools for calibration and correlation, and the cross-correlation of non-marine and marine chronologies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 693 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205421 , 978-1-78620-542-1
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 512
    Language: English
    Note: Contents PART A Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous timescale: an introduction Carboniferous chronostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale: history, status and prospectus Alekseev, A. S., Nikolaeva, S. V., Goreva, N. V., Donova, N. B., Kossovaya, O. L., Kulagina, E. I., Kucheva, N. A., Kurilenko, A. V., Kutygin, R. V., Popeko, L. I. and Stepanova, T. I. / Russian regional Carboniferous stratigraphy González, C. R. and Díaz Saravia, P. / Proposed chronostratigraphic units for the Carboniferous and early Permian of the southwestern Gondwana margin Magnetostratigraphy Hounslow, M. W. / A geomagnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous Isotope stratigraphy Chen, J., Chen, B. and Montañez, I. P. 7 Carboniferous isotope stratigraphy Cyclostratigraphy Montañez, I. P. 7 Current synthesis of the penultimate icehouse and its imprint on the Upper Devonian through Permian stratigraphic record Marine biostratigraphy Vachard, D. and Le Coze, F. 7 Carboniferous smaller Foraminifera: convergences and divergences Ueno, K. 7 Carboniferous fusuline Foraminifera: taxonomy, regional biostratigraphy, and palaeobiogeographic faunal development Angiolini, L., Cisterna, G. A., Mottequin, B., Shen, S.-Z. and Muttoni, G. 7 Global Carboniferous brachiopod biostratigraphy Ausich, W. I., Kammer, T. W. and Mirantsev, G. V. 7 Carboniferous crinoids Wang, X.-D., Yang, S.-R., Yao, L., Sugiyama, T. and Hu, K.-yi 7 Carboniferous biostratigraphy of rugose corals Nikolaeva, S. V. / Carboniferous ammonoid genozones PART B Barrick, J. E., Alekseev, A. S., Blanco-Ferrera, S., Goreva, N. V., Hu, K., Lambert, L. L., Nemyrovska, T. I., Qi, Y., Ritter, S. M. and Sanz-López, J. 7 Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy Ginter, M. / The biostratigraphy of Carboniferous chondrichthyans Non-marine biostratigraphy Eble, C. F. / Appalachian coal bed palynofloras: changes in composition through time and comparison with other areas Opluštil, S., Cleal, C. J., Wang, J. and Wan, M. / Carboniferous macrofloral biostratigraphy: an overview Schneider, J. W., Scholze, F., Ross, A. J., Blake, B. M. Jr and Lucas, S. G. / Improved blattoid insect and conchostracan zonation for the Late Carboniferous, Pennsylvanian, of Euramerica Amler, M. R. W. and Silantiev, V. V. / A global review of Carboniferous marine and non-marine bivalve biostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Stimson, M. R., King, O. A., Calder, J. H., Mansky, C. F., Hebert, B. L. and Hunt, A. P. / Carboniferous tetrapod footprint biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Lucas, S. G. / Carboniferous tetrapod biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(521)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 521
    Description / Table of Contents: Mesozoic Biological Events and Ecosystems in East Asia covers a wide range of topics, encompassing palaeoenvironments, palaeoecosystems and important vertebrate, invertebrate and plant fossils, some found in amber with excellent preservation of delicate morphological features. Fifty-three authors from a number of different disciplines - geochronology, palaeontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and geochemistry - contribute to the 18 articles in the volume. Well-preserved fossils and rocks continue to be found from marine and terrestrial sediments across East Asia. Over some years, the palaeontological and geological evidence discovered from this region has significantly improved our understanding of Mesozoic environments. In discussing feathered dinosaurs, primitive birds, early mammals, diverse insects, amber inclusions, the oldest-known flowers and research utilizing new, advanced methods, this volume explores Earth's history in even greater detail. What other exciting discoveries are waiting to be unveiled in the future?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 242 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205674 , 978-1-78620-567-4 , 178620567X
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 521
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chang, S.-G. and Zheng, D. / Mesozoic biological events and ecosystems in East Asia: introduction Clues and evidence from vertebrate fossils Zhou, C.-F., Wang, X. and Wang, J. / First evidence for tooth–tooth occlusion in a ctenochasmatid pterosaur from the Early Cretaceous Jehol Biota Yang, T.-R. and Sander, P. M. / The reproductive biology of oviraptorosaurs: a synthesis Pei, R. and Xu, X. / New prospects on the cranial evolution of non-avialan paravian theropods based on geometric morphometrics Clues and evidence from invertebrate and plant fossils Zhang, Q., Zheng, D., Wang, B. and Zhang, H. / A review of Triassic insects in China Chen, J. / True hopper fossils (Fulgoromorpha and Cicadomorpha) in the Jurassic to Cretaceous of eastern Asia and their evolutionary implications Cui, D.-F., Hou, Y., Yin, P. and Wang, X. / A Jurassic flower bud from China Peng, J., Slater, S. M. and Vajda, V. / A Late Triassic vegetation record from the Huangshanjie Formation, Junggar Basin, China: possible evidence for the Carnian Pluvial Episode Liao, H. / Clam shrimp of the Middle–Late Jurassic Yanliao Biota in China Wang, H., Du, S., Yu, T., Li, S., Lu, H., Zhang, H., Cao, M. and Horne, D. J. / Ostracods from the Pingyi Basin (eastern China) and their significance for the K/Pg boundary Significant fossils from amber Zhang, Q. and Zhang, J. / New record of Zhangsolva Nagatomi and Yang, 1998 (Diptera, Zhangsolvidae) from mid-Cretaceous Burmese amber and its implications Yu, Y., Hu, G., Zhu, Y., Li, Y., Jiang, W., Rasnitsyn, A. P., Zhang, H. and Zhang, Q. / New material for Peleserphidae (Proctotrupoidea, Hymenoptera) in Mid-Cretaceous Burmese (Kachin) amber Yu, T. / New data on gastropod genus Hirsuticyclus (Caenogastropoda, Cyclophoridae) from mid-Cretaceous Kachin amber Jarzembowski, E. A., Zheng, D. and Zhao, X. / Is the beetle Omma (Insecta: Coleoptera) a living fossil? Zheng, D., Jarzembowski, E. A., Zhuo, D. and Nel, A. / Protohemiphlebiidae fam. nov., a stem hemiphlebioid damselfly from Cretaceous amber in Kachin Paleoenvironments and paleoecosystems Zhao, X., Zheng, D., Wang, H., Fang, Y., Xue, N. and Zhang, H. / Carbon cycle perturbation and mercury anomalies in terrestrial Oceanic Anoxic Event 1b from Jiuquan Basin, NW China Li, T., Yang, X.-J. and Zhu, Y.-B. / Estimates of late Albian atmospheric CO2 based on stomata of Pseudofrenelopsis from Jilin Province, NE China Wang, J., Zhou, C.-F., Jourdan, F. and Chang, S.-C. / Jehol fossils from the Jiaolai Basin of Shandong, North China: review and new perspectives Wang, J., Yuan, Y., Zhang, D. and Chang, S.-C. / Detrital zircon geochronology of Late Cretaceous successions in the Ganzhou Basin, South China: evidence of a major tectonic transition Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(485)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 485
    Description / Table of Contents: About 40 million years after the Cambrian Explosion, the Great Ordovician Biodiversification Event (GOBE) represents a second and dramatic burst in marine biodiversity, with major changes in the structure of ecosystems and the progressive replacement of the distinctive Cambrian Evolutionary Fauna by the Paleozoic Evolutionary Fauna. However, the GOBE is not a single, worldwide, short-term event, but rather the complex sum of successive diversifications occurring in distinct taxonomic groups, trophic guilds and regions. This book focuses on the Late Ordovician Tafilalt Biota, Anti-Atlas Morocco, which provides a snapshot of the GOBE in high-latitude regions of the Southern Hemisphere. A series of contributions explore different aspects of the Tafilalt Biota, including its geological setting, the international fossil trade in this area and a series of detailed systematic contributions describing many new taxa of marine invertebrates. This volume represents a significant contribution to the understanding of the Tafilalt Biota and its significance to the GOBE.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 615 Seiten , Illustrationen , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786204073 , 978-1-78620-407-3 , 178620407X
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 485
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication Hunter, A. W., Álvaro, J. J., Lefebvre, B., Van Roy, P. and Zamora, S. / An introduction to the Great Ordovician Biodiversification Event: insights from the Tafilalt Biota, Morocco Geological and faunal context Lefebvre, B., Van Roy, P., Zamora, S., Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C. and Nohejlová, M. / The Late Ordovician Tafilalt Biota, Anti-Atlas, Morocco: A high-latitude perspective on the GOBE Álvaro, J. J., Benharref, M., Destombes, J., Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C., Hunter, A. W., Lefebvre, B., Van Roy, P. and Zamora, S. / Ordovician stratigraphy and benthic community replacements in the eastern Anti-Atlas, Morocco International fossil trade Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C. and García-Bellido, D. C. / The international fossil trade from the Paleozoic of the Anti-Atlas, Morocco Early Paleozoic faunas from the Anti-Atlas Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C., Pereira, S., García-Bellido, D. C. and Rábano, I. / Ordovician trilobites from the Tafilalt Lagerstätte: new data and reappraisal of the Bou Nemrou assemblage Budil, P. and Fatka, O. / Ordovician trilobites with soft parts in African West Gondwana, European peri-Gondwana and Avalonia: a review Colmenar, J., Villas, E. and Rasmussen, C. M. Ø. / A synopsis of Late Ordovician brachiopod diversity in the Anti-Atlas, Morocco Villas, E. and Colmenar, J. / Brachiopods from the Upper Ordovician of Erfoud (eastern Anti-Atlas, Morocco) and the stratigraphic correlation of the bryozoan-rich Khabt-el Hajar Formation Van Iten, H., Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C., Muir, L. A., Simões, M. G. and Leme, J. M. / Ordovician conulariids (Scyphozoa) from the Upper Tiouririne Formation (Katian), eastern Anti-Atlas Mountains, southern Morocco Ernst, A. / Upper Ordovician bryozoans of Morocco Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C., Muir, L. A. and Mitchell, C. E. / Upper Ordovician planktic and benthic graptolites and a possible hydroid from the Tafilalt Biota, southeastern Morocco Ebbestad, J. O. R., Polechová, M., Kröger, B. and Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C. / Late Ordovician molluscs of the central and eastern Anti-Atlas, Morocco Muir, L. A., Botting, J. P., Walker, S. N. A., Schiffbauer, J. D. and MacGabhann, B. A. / Onuphionella corusca sp. nov.: an early Cambrian-type agglutinated tube from Upper Ordovician strata of Morocco Echinoderm Lagerstätten Lefebvre, B., Nohejlová, M., Kašička, L. and Zicha, O. / New peri-Gondwanan occurrences of the Ordovician genus Diamphidiocystis (Echinodermata, Stylophora): implications for mitrocystitid palaeobiogeography and diversity Lefebvre, B., Nohejlová, M., Martin, E. L. O., Kašič ka, L., Zicha, O. and Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C. / New Middle and Late Ordovician cornute stylophorans (Echinodermata) from Morocco and other peri-Gondwanan areas Nohejlová, M. and Lefebvre, B. / Late Ordovician solutan echinoderms from the Western Tafilalt, Morocco Botting, J. P. / Late Ordovician crinoids from the Anti-Atlas region of Morocco Sumrall, C. D. and Zamora, S. / New Upper Ordovician edrioasteroids from Morocco Zamora, S. and Sumrall, C. D. / Hexedriocystis, an aberrant echinoderm from the Upper Ordovician of Morocco Zamora, S., Nardin, E., Esteve, J. and Gutiérrez-Marco, J. C. / New rhombiferan blastozoans (Echinodermata) from the Late Ordovician of Morocco Zamora, S. and Sumrall, C. D. / The first report of coronates (echinodermata) from Africa Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(505)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 505
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume covers multidisciplinary Research and Development contributions on geology, geophysics, bathymetric and biologic aspects, towards data sampling and acquisition, data analysis and its results, and innovative ways of data access. It also presents the development of processes to map, harmonize and integrate marine data across EEZ boundaries, an impressive example of which is the European EMODnet (European Marine Observation and Data network) initiative. EMODnet assembles scattered and partially hidden marine data into continentally harmonized geospatial data products for public benefit and increasingly within overseas collaboration. The volume also aims to shed light on an evaluation of biological and mineral resources and environmental assessments at continental shelf to slope depths. Western Pacific examples provide excellent case studies for this topic.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 25 cm
    ISBN: 9781786204950 , 978-1-78620-495-0
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 505
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgements Asch, K., Kitazato, H. and Vallius, H. / From Continental Shelf to Slope: Mapping the Oceanic Realm: Introduction Vallius, H. T. V., Kotilainen, A. T., Asch, K. C., Fiorentino, A., Judge, M., Stewart, H. A. and Pjetursson, B. / Discovering Europe’s seabed geology: the EMODnet concept of uniform collection and harmonization of marine data Ryabchuk, D., Sergeev, A., Zhamoida, V., Budanov, L., Krek, A., Neevin, I., Bubnova, E., Danchenkov, A. and Kovaleva, O. / High-resolution geological mapping towards an understanding of post-glacial development and Holocene sedimentation processes in the eastern Gulf of Finland: an EMODnet Geology case study Breuer, S. and Asch, K. / A first approach to a Quaternary geomorphological map of the German seas Bøe, R., Rún Bjarnadóttir, L., Elvenes, S., Dolan, M., Bellec, V., Thorsnes, T., Lepland, A. and Longva, O. / Revealing the secrets of Norway’s seafloor – geological mapping within the MAREANO programme and in coastal areas O’Toole, R., Judge, M., Sacchetti, F., Furey, T., Mac Craith, E., Sheehan, K., Kelly, S., Cullen, S., McGrath, F. and Monteys, X. / Mapping Ireland’s coastal, shelf and deep-water environments using illustrative case studies to highlight the impact of seabed mapping on the generation of blue knowledge Terrinha, P., Medialdea, T., Batista, L., Somoza, L., Magalhães, V., González, F. J., Noiva, J., Lobato, A., Rosa, M., Marino, E., Brito, P., Neres, M. and Ribeiro, C. / Integrated thematic geological mapping of the Atlantic Margin of Iberia Gozhik, P. F. and Rokitsky, V. E. / The Pliocene deposits of the Black Sea Shelf east of the Danube River Delta Mil-Homens, M., Brito, P., Magalhães, V., Rosa, M., Neres, M., Silva, M., Salgueiro, E., Drago, T., Rodrigues, A. I., Guerra, M. T., Gaudêncio, M. J., Almeida, E., Silva, M., Freitas, M., Pinto, C. A., Bandarra, C. and Terrinha, P. / Integrated geophysical and sedimentological datasets for assessment of offshore borrow areas: the CHIMERA project (western Portuguese Coast) Battaglini, L., D’Angelo, S. and Fiorentino, A. / Collating European data on geological events in submerged areas: examples of correlation and interpretation from Italian seas Greene, H. G. and Barrie, J. V. / Faulting within the San Juan–southern Gulf Islands Archipelagos, upper plate deformation of the Cascadia subduction complex Arai, K. / Geological mapping of coastal and offshore Japan (by GSJ-AIST): collecting and utilizing the geological information Ikehara, K., Katayama, H., Sagayama, T. and Irino, T. / Geological controls on dispersal and deposition of river flood sediments on the Hidaka shelf, Northern Japan Furuyama, S., Sato, T., Arai, K. and Ozaki, M. / Tectonic evolution in the Early to Middle Pleistocene off the east coast of the Boso Peninsula, Japan Sato, T., Furuyama, S., Komatsubara, J., Ozaki, M. and Yamaguchi, K. / Bent incised valley formed in uplifting shelf facing subduction margin: case study off the eastern coast of the Boso Peninsula, central Japan Ohta, A., Imai, N., Tachibana, Y. and Ikehara, K. / Application of spatial distribution patterns of multi-elements in geochemical maps for provenance and transfer process of marine sediments in Kyushu, western Japan Oki, Y., Kitazato, H., Fujii, T. and Yasukawa, S. / Habitat mapping for human well-being: a tool for reducing risk in disaster-prone coastal environments and human communities Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(513)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 513
    Description / Table of Contents: Proterozoic to Cenozoic lamprophyres, lamproites and related rock types hold a unique potential for the investigation of processes affecting mantle reservoirs. They originated from primary mantle-derived melts that intruded both cratons and off-craton regions, which were parts of former supercontinents – Columbia, Rodinia and Gondwana–Pangaea. Well known for hosting economic minerals and elements such as diamonds, base metals, platinum-group elements and Au, they are also significant for our understanding of deep-mantle processes, such as mantle metasomatism and mantle plume–lithosphere interactions, as well as large-scale geodynamic processes, including subduction-related tectonics and supercontinent amalgamation and break-up. This Special Publication presents an overview of the state of the art and recent advances as achieved by individual research groups from different parts of the world, and outlines future research directions. Mineralogical, geochemical, geochronological and isotope analyses are used to decipher the complex petrogenetic and metallogenetic evolution of these extraordinary rocks and unravel a complete history of tectonic events related to individual supercontinent cycles. The Special Publication including this introductory chapter also deals with some issues related to the classification of these rocks.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 489 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205438 , 978-1-78620-543-8
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 513
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Krmíček, L. and Chalapathi Rao, N. V. / Lamprophyres, lamproites and related rocks as tracers to supercontinent cycles and metallogenesis Tappe, S., Shaikh, A. M., Wilson, A. H. and Stracke, A. / Evolution of ultrapotassic volcanism on the Kaapvaal craton: deepening the orangeite versus lamproite debate Kostrovitsky, S. I., Yakovlev, D. A., Sharygin, I. S., Gladkochub, D. P., Donskaya, T. V., Tretiakova, I. G., Dymshits, A. M., Sekerin, A. P. and Malkovets, V. G. / Diamondiferous lamproites of Ingashi field, Siberian craton Yakovlev, D. A., Kostrovitsky, S. I., Fosu, B. R. and Ashchepkov, I. V. / Diamondiferous kimberlites from recently explored Upper Muna Field (Siberian Craton): petrology, mineralogy and geochemistry insights Meshram, T., Mahapatro, S. N., Aravind, J. K., Dora, M. L., Baswani, S. R., Gopalakrishna, G., Meshram, R. R., Sesha Sai, V. V., Randive, K. and Dash, J. K. / Geochemistry and Sr–Nd isotopic studies of Paleoproterozoic (c. 2.3 Ga) meta-lamprophyre from the Rapuru area, Nellore Schist Belt, southern India: implications for back-arc basin magmatism and its relevance to the Columbia supercontinent assembly Pandey, A., Chalapathi Rao, N. V., Rahaman, W., Seth, V. and Sahoo, S. / Paleoproterozoic metaluminous syenites synchronous with the c. 2.21 Ga mafic dyke swarms from the Eastern Dharwar Craton, India: implications for alkaline magmatism associated with the breakup of supercraton Superia Kumar, A., Talukdar, D., Chalapathi Rao, N. V., Burgess, R. and Lehmann, B. / Mesoproterozoic 40Ar–39Ar ages of some lamproites from the Cuddapah Basin and Eastern Dharwar Craton, southern India: implications for diamond provenance of the Banganapalle Conglomerates, age of the Kurnool Group and Columbia tectonics Dora, M. L., Randive, K., Meshram, R., Meshram, T., Baswani, S. R., Korakoppa, M. and Malviya, V. P. / Petrogenesis of a calc-alkaline lamprophyre (minette) from Thanewasna, Western Bastar Craton, Central India: insights from mineral, bulk rock and in-situ trace element geochemistry Krmíček, L., Magna, T., Pandey, A., Chalapathi Rao, N. V. and Kynický, J. / Lithium isotopes in kimberlites, lamproites and lamprophyres as tracers of source components and processes related to supercontinent cycles Ulrych, J., Krmíč ek, L., Adamovič , J. and Krmíč ková, S. / The story of post-Variscan lamprophyres of the Bohemian Massif: from ultramafic (Upper Cretaceous–Paleocene) to alkaline (Eocene– Oligocene) types Casalini, M., Avanzinelli, R., Tommasini, S., Natali, C., Bianchini, G., Prelević, D., Mattei, M. and Conticelli, S. / Petrogenesis of Mediterranean lamproites and associated rocks: The role of overprinted metasomatic events in the post-collisional lithospheric upper mantle Spišiak, J., Vetráková, L., Chew, D., Ferenc, Š, Šimonová, V., Butek, J. and Mikuš, T. / Permian lamprophyres from the Western Carpathians: a review Chitalin, A. F., Baksheev, I. A., Nikolaev, Y. N., Djedjeya, G. T., Khabibullina, Y. N. and Müller, D. / Porphyry Cu–Au ± Mo mineralization hosted by potassic igneous rocks: implications from the giant Peschanka porphyry deposit, Baimka Trend (North East Siberia, Russia) Mahapatro, S. N., Renjith, M. L., Martha, R. K., Patel, R. K., Upadhyay, D. and Sarma, D. S. / Petrogenesis and U–Pb zircon dating of the Chaitma Alkaline Complex from the southern margin of the Central Indian Tectonic Zone: geodynamic implications Dongre, A., Dhote, P. S., Zamarkar, P., Sangode, S. J., Belyanin, G., Meshram, D. C., Patil, S. K., Karmakar, A. and Jain, L. / Short-lived alkaline magmatism related to the Réunion plume in the Deccan Large Igneous Province: inferences from petrology, 40Ar/39Ar geochronology and palaeomagnetism of lamprophyre from the Sarnu-Dandali Alkaline Igneous Complex Sharma, A., Sahoo, S., Chalapathi Rao, N. V., Belyatsky, B., Dhote, P. and Lehmann, B. / Petrology and Nd–Sr isotopic composition of alkaline lamprophyres from the Early to Late Cretaceous Mundwara Alkaline Complex, NW India: evidence of crystal fractionation, accumulation and corrosion in a complex magma chamber plumbing system Vijaya Kumar, J. and Randive, K. / Platinum group elements in lamprophyre, picrobasalt, gabbro and basalts of the Phenai Mata and nearby areas: implications for Fe–Ni–Cu–PGE mineralization in the Deccan Large Igneous Province Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(518)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 518
    Description / Table of Contents: Identification of large-volume, short-duration mafic magmatic events of intraplate affinity in both continental and oceanic settings on the Earth and other planets provides invaluable clues for understanding several vital geological issues of current concern. Of particular importance is understanding the assembly and dispersal of supercontinents through Earth's history, dramatic climate change events including mass extinctions, and processes that have produced a wide range of large igneous province (LIP)-related resources, such as Ni–Cu–PGE, Au, U, base metals and petroleum. This volume comprises 21 contributions on the latest developments and new information on LIPs and their plumbing systems and presents methodical studies on different components of LIP plumbing systems. These articles are especially helpful in understanding continental break-up events, regional domal uplift and a variety of metallogenic systems, as well as the temporal and spatial distribution of LIPs, their origin and their likely links to mantle plumes/superplumes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 600 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-552-0-0 , 97817862055200
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 518
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Characteristics of LIPs and their plumbing systems Srivastava, R. K., Ernst, R. E., Buchan, K. L. and de Kock, M. An overview of the plumbing systems of large igneous provinces and their significance Klausen, M. B. / Highly magmatic break-up LIP centres: revisiting the East Greenland volcanic rifted margin Precambrian LIPs and their plumbing systems Cundari, R., Hollings, P., Smyk, M. and Carl, C. / The geochemical evolution of the Logan Igneous Suite, Ontario, Canada: new insights from the Logan Basin and implications for the genesis of the Mesoproterozoic Midcontinent Rift System Davis, W. R., Collins, M. A., Rooney, T. O., Brown, E. L., Stein, C. A., Stein, S. and Moucha, R. / Geochemical, petrographic, and stratigraphic analyses of the Portage Lake Volcanics of the Keweenawan CFBP: implications for the evolution of main stage volcanism in continental flood basalt provinces Stepanova, A. V., Stepanov, V. S., Larionov, A. N., Salnikova, E. B., Samsonov, A. V., Azimov, P., Egorova, S. V., Babarina, I. I., Larionova, Y. O., Sukhanova, M. A., Kervinen, A. V. and Maksimov, O. A. / Relicts of Paleoproterozoic LIPs in the Belomorian Province, eastern Fennoscandian Shield: barcode reconstruction for a deeply eroded collisional orogen Peng, P., Xu, H., Wang, C., Su, X., Sun, F. and Wang, X. / Spatiotemporal evolution of large igneous provinces and their related rifts in the North China craton: role in craton breakup and destruction Pandit, M. K., Pivarunas, A. and Meert, J. G. / Geochemical and palaeomagnetic characteristics of the Vestfold Hills mafic dykes in the Prydz Bay region: implications of a Paleoproterozoic connection between East Antarctica and Proto-India Srivastava, R. K., Ernst, R. E., Söderlund, U., Samal, A. K., Pandey, O. P. and Gautam, G. C. / Existence of the Dharwar–Bastar–Singhbhum (DHABASI) megacraton since 3.35 Ga: constraints from the Precambrian large igneous province record Ahmad, T., Yousuf, I. and Chauhan, H. / Petrogenesis and tectonic settings of Proterozoic mafic magmatism from the northern Indian Shield and the Himalaya: possible role for interaction of mantle plume with the subcontinental lithospheric mantle Phanerozoic LIPs and their plumbing systems Pham, T. T., Shellnutt, J. G., Tran, T.-A. , Denyszyn, S. W. and Iizuka, Y. / Petrogenesis of silicic rocks from the Phan Si Pan–Tu Le region of the Emeishan large igneous province, northwestern Vietnam Morake, M. A., O’Kennedy, J. N. F., Knoper, M. W., de Kock, M., Kramers, J. D., Grantham, G. H., Belyanin, G. and Elburg, M. A. / The age and palaeomagnetism of Jurassic dykes, western Dronning Maud Land: implications for Gondwana breakup Oliveira, A. L., Hollanda, M. H. B. M., Siqueira, R. and Macêdo Filho, A. A. / Using a ‘speedy’ unspiked K–Ar methodology to investigate age patterns in giant mafic dyke swarms Singh, A. K., Oinam, G., Chung, S.-L., Bikramaditya, R. K., Lee, H.-Y. and Joshi, M. / Magmatism in the Siang window of the Eastern Himalayan Syntaxis, NE India: a vestige of Kerguelen mantle plume activity Cucciniello, C., Morra, V., Melluso, L. and Jourdan, F. / Constraints on duration, age and migration of the feeder systems of the Madagascan Flood Basalt Province from high-precision 40 Ar/39 Ar chronology Kale, V. S., Dole, G., Patil Pillai, S., Chatterjee, P. and Bodas, M. / Morphological types in the Deccan Volcanic Province, India: implications for emplacement dynamics of continental flood basalts Sonu, Kumar, A., Satyanarayanan, M., Pathak, V., Vedanti, N. and Shrivastava, J. P. / Chemical stratigraphy of subsurface lava flows from the Koyna (KBH1) core and correlation with the southwestern stratigraphy of the Deccan Traps Steiner, R. A., Rooney, T. O., Girard, G., Rogers, N., Ebinger, C. J., Peterson, L. and Phillips, R. K. / Initial Cenozoic magmatic activity in East Africa: new geochemical constraints on magma distribution within the Eocene continental flood basalt province LIPs and their economic potential Pirajno, F. / Mineral systems and their putative link with mantle plumes Reis, N. J., Teixeira, W., D’Agrella-Filho, M. S., Bettencourt, J. S., Ernst, R. E. and Goulart, L. E. A. / Large igneous provinces of the Amazonian Craton and their metallogenic potential in Proterozoic times Shellnutt, J. G., Pang, K.-N., Qi, L. and Bhat, G. M. / Platinum-group element geochemistry of the Panjal Traps: constraints on mantle melting and implications for mineral exploration Dey, A. and Mondal, S. K. / Origin of Fe–Ni–Cu (Co) sulfide and Fe–Ti oxide minerals in the c. 1.77 Ga dolerite dyke, Singhbhum Craton (eastern India) Choudhary, S., Sen, K. and Kumar, S. / Pyroxenite-hosted chalcopyrites from Sung Valley, Meghalaya, NE India: implications for the formation of both high- and low-temperature sulfides in plume-derived magma Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: AWI P5-23-95149
    Description / Table of Contents: Weniger als 25 Jahre geben Forscher*innen ihm noch, dann wird es soweit sein: Bis 2050 wird das Eis der Arktis abschmelzen, und unser Planet, den Generationen nur mit von ewigem Eis bedeckten Polkappen kennen, wird sich für immer verändern. Welche Folgen wird das Schwinden des Eises für die Menschheit haben? Wie wirkt es sich auf das Klima, die Meere und unser Wetter aus? Wer den Klimawandel wirklich verstehen will, sollte den Blick auf die Polarregionen richten, um zu erkennen, was sie für unser Klima in Mitteleuropa bedeuten und wie sie sich und damit auch unseren Alltag verändern. Stefanie Arndt lässt ihre Leser*innen die entlegensten Regionen dieser Erde durch ihre Augen sehen. Sie erzählt von den tiefgreifenden Veränderungen, die sie auf ihren Expeditionen mit der Polarstern beobachten konnte, von ihrer Arbeit als Polarforscherin und von der zarten Schönheit eines schwindenden Lebensraums. Was so fern scheint, rückt plötzlich ganz nahe: Können wir die unumkehrbaren Auswirkungen, die ein Abschmelzen der Polkappen nach sich zöge, noch aufhalten? Und wenn ja: Wie?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 221 Seiten, 16 ungezählte Bildtafelseiten , Illustrationen, 2 Karten , 21 cm x 13.5 cm
    Edition: Originalausgabe
    ISBN: 9783499008665 , 978-3-499-00866-5 , 3499008661
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Faszination Eis Teil I - Eine dünne Hülle Heute -42 °C in der Arktis Ein Regenwald am Südpol Mit dem Wind um die Welt In der Wüste Teil II - Das Ende des Eises Expeditionen zu den Eisschilden unserer Erde Unterwegs auf dem Meereis der Arktis Das unsichtbare Eis der Erde Teil III - Ein neuer Ozean Die Weltreise der Enten The Day After Tomorrow Nur ein paar Zentimeter? Das Meer wird sauer Teil IV - Belebte Pole Unter dem Meer Unterwegs auf dünnem Eis Das große Kuscheln Der Klang des Ozeans Generation Zukunft Dank Nachtrag Quellen Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94845
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 22
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the main enigmas of Easter Island’s (Rapa Nui, in the Polynesian language) prehistory from the time of initial settlement to European contact with a multidisciplinary perspective. The main topics include: (i) the time of first settlement and the origin of the first settlers; (ii) the main features of prehistoric Rapanui culture and their changes; (iii) the deforestation of the island and its timing and causes; (iv) the extinction of the indigenous biota, (v) the occurrence of climatic shifts and their potential effects on socioecological trends; (vi) the evidence for a cultural and demographic collapse before European contact; and (vii) the influence of Europeans on prehistoric Rapanui society. The book is subdivided into thematic sections and each chapter is written by renowned specialists in disciplines such as archaeology, anthropology, paleoecology, ethnography, linguistics, ethnobotany, phylogenetics/phylogeography and history. Contributors have been invited to provide an open and objective vision that includes as many views as possible on the topics considered. In this way, the readers may be able to compare different of points of view and make their own interpretations on each of the subjects considered. The book is intended for a wide audience including graduate students, advanced undergraduate students, university teachers and researchers interested in the subject. Given its multidisciplinary character and the topics included, the book is suitable for students and researchers from a wide range of disciplines and interests.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 628 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-91126-3
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 22
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson Transpacific Voyaging and Settlement Ex Oriente Lux: Amerindian Seafaring and Easter Island Contact Revisited / Atholl Anderson Commensals/Domesticates on Rapa Nui: What Can Their Phylogeographic Patterns Tell Us About the Discovery and Settlement of the Island? / Vicki A. Thomson, Michael Herrera, Jeremy J. Austin Sweet Potato on Rapa Nui: Insights from a Monographic Study of the Genus Ipomoea / Pablo Muñoz-Rodríguez, John R. I. Wood, Robert W. Scotland Pre-European Contact Sweet Potato (Ipomoea batatas) at Rapa Nui: Macrobotanical Evidence from Recent Excavations in Rano Raraku Quarry, Rapa Nui / Jo Anne Van Tilburg, Jennifer M. Huebert, Sarah C. Sherwood, Casey R. Barrier Anakena Re-visited: New Perspectives on Old Problems at Anakena, Rapa Nui / Paul Wallin, Helene Martinsson-Wallin The Ancient Rapanui Culture A Behavioral Assessment of Refuge Caves (ana kionga) on Rapa Nui / Christopher Stevenson, José Miguel Ramrez-Aliaga, Juan Gongalves Borrega Vinapū Area Re-visited / Helene Martinsson-Wallin Undelivered Moai or Unidentified Monument? / Nicolas Cauwe, Morgan De Dapper Platforms in Motion: A Genealogical Architecture / Nicolas Cauwe Climatic and Environmental Change Climatology of Rapa Nui (Isla de Pascua, Easter Island) / Raymond S. Bradley, William J. D’Andrea, Henry F. Diaz, Liang Ning Prehistoric Paleoecology of Easter Island / Valentí Rull Geological and Climatic Features, Processes and Interplay Determining the Human Occupation and Habitation of Easter Island / Alberto Sáez, Olga Margalef, Laura Becerril, Christian Herrera, James Goff, Sergi Pla-Rabes et al. Deforestation and Extinctions The Flora and Vegetation of Easter Island: Past and Present / Georg Zizka, Alexander Zizka Palms for the Archaeologist / Daniel W. Ingersoll Jr., Kathleen B. Ingersoll, Fred W. Stauffer Spatio-Temporal Patterns of Deforestation, Settlement, and Land Use on Easter Island Prior to European Arrivals / Peter Steiglechner, Agostino Merico Economic Causes and Consequences of Deforestation on Easter Island / James A. Brander Palm Forest to Gardens and Grassland: A Study of Environmental and Geomorphological Changes of the Te Niu, Rapa Nui Landscape / Joan A. Wozniak Collapse or Resilience? Environmental Change and Cultural Continuity: Extraordinary Achievements of the Rapanui Society after Deforestation / Andreas Mieth, Annette Kühlem, Burkhard Vogt, Hans-Rudolf Bork Ecology Limits Population, But Interaction with Culture Defines It: Carrying Capacity on Rapa Nui / Cedric O. Puleston, Thegn N. Ladefoged Population Principles, Climate Change, and the “Collapse” of the Rapa Nui Society / Mauricio Lima, Eugenia M. Gayo, Sergio A. Estay, Nils Chr. Stenseth Claims and Evidence in the Population History of Rapa Nui (Easter Island) / Carl P. Lipo, Robert J. DiNapoli, Terry L. Hunt European Contact The Human Giants of Easter Island (Rapa Nui) / Jan J. Boersema Synthesis Towards a Holistic Approach to Easter Island’s Prehistory / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94853
    Description / Table of Contents: This multidisciplinary book discusses the manifold challenges arctic marine and terrestrial wildlife, ecosystems and people face these times. Major health threats caused by the consequences of climate change, environmental pollution and increasing tourism in northern regions around the globe are explored. The most common infectious diseases in wild and domesticated arctic animals are reviewed and the impact they could have on circumpolar ecosystems as well as on the lives of arctic people are profoundly discussed. Moreover, the book reviews arctic hunting, herding and food conservation strategies and introduces veterinary medicine in remote indigenous communities. "Arctic One Health" is authored by experts based in arctic regions spanning from North America over Europe to Asia to cover a broad range of topics and perspectives. The book addresses researchers in Veterinary Medicine, Ecology, Microbiology and Anthropology. The book contributes towards achieving the UN Sustainable Developmental Goals, in particular SDG 15, Life on Land.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 573 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-87852-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction The Arctic Region and Its Inhabitants / Anastasia Emelyanova A Holistic Approach to One Health in the Arctic / Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz, Tessa Baker Seasonal Animal Migrations and the Arctic: Ecology, Diversity, and Spread of Infectious Agents / Øystein Varpe, Silke Bauer Part II Major Health Threats to Arctic Animals and People Climate Change in Northern Regions / Bob van Oort, Marianne Tronstad Lund, Anouk Brisebois Loss of Untouched Land / Roland Pape Arctic Ecosystems, Wildlife and Man: Threats from Persistent Organic Pollutants and Mercury / Christian Sonne, Robert James Letcher, Bjørn Munro Jenssen, Rune Dietz Oil Spills in the Arctic / Sadie K. Wright, Sarah Allan, Sarah M. Wilkin, Michael Ziccardi Nuclear Radiation / Birgitta Åhman Part III Arctic Zoonoses: Diseases Transmitted from Animals to Man Rabies in the Arctic / Karsten Hueffer, Morten Tryland, Svetlana Dresvyanikova Brucellosis in the Arctic and Northern Regions / Xavier Fernandez Aguilar, Ingebjørg H. Nymo, Kimberlee Beckmen, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova, Susan Kutz Anthrax in the North / Karsten Hueffer, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova Cystic and Alveolar Echinococcosis Caused by Echinococcus canadensis and E. multilocularis in the Arctic / Temitope U. Kolapo, Antti Oksanen, Rebecca Davidson, Emily J. Jenkins Toxoplasmosis in Northern Regions / Émilie Bouchard, Pikka Jokelainen, Rajnish Sharma, Heather Fenton, Emily J. Jenkins Trichinella spp. in the North / Rajnish Sharma, Edoardo Pozio, Émilie Bouchard, Emily J. Jenkins Cryptosporidiosis and Giardiosis in the Arctic: Increasing Threats in a Warmer World? / Lucy J. Robertson, John J. Debenham Erysipelas in Arctic and Northern Regions / Fabien Mavrot, O. Alejandro Aleuy, Taya Forde, Susan J. Kutz Tularemia in the Arctic / Cristina M. Hansen, Svetlana Dresvyannikova Orthohantaviruses in the Arctic: Present and Future / Frauke Ecke, Magnus Magnusson, Barbara A. Han, Magnus Evander Zoonotic Marine Helminths: Anisakid Nematodes and Diphyllobothriid Cestodes / Heather Fenton Parapoxvirus Infections in Northern Species and Populations / Morten Tryland Part IV Harvesting the Arctic: Potential Health Threats for Arctic People Hunting with Lead Ammunition: A One Health Perspective / Jon M. Arnemo, Boris Fuchs, Christian Sonne, Sigbjørn Stokke Traditional Conservation Methods and Food Habits in the Arctic / Raphaela Stimmelmayr, Gay Sheffield Part V Working with Arctic Communities Wildlife Health Surveillance in the Arctic / Sylvia L. Checkley, Matilde Tomaselli, Nigel Caulkett Dogs and People: Providing Veterinary Services to Remote Arctic Communities / Tessa Baker, Laurie Meythaler-Mullins, Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz Semi-Domesticated Reindeer, Health, and Animal Welfare / Morten Tryland
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 6/M 22.95037
    In: International Association of Geodesy symposia
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 286 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783031098567 , 3031098560
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 152
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95073
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is changing rapidly and permafrost is thawing. Especially ice-rich permafrost, such as the late Pleistocene Yedoma, is vulnerable to rapid and deep thaw processes such as surface subsidence after the melting of ground ice. Due to permafrost thaw, the permafrost carbon pool is becoming increasingly accessible to microbes, leading to increased greenhouse gas emissions, which enhances the climate warming. The assessment of the molecular structure and biodegradability of permafrost organic matter (OM) is highly needed. My research revolves around the question “how does permafrost thaw affect its OM storage?” More specifically, I assessed (1) how molecular biomarkers can be applied to characterize permafrost OM, (2) greenhouse gas production rates from thawing permafrost, and (3) the quality of OM of frozen and (previously) thawed sediments. I studied deep (max. 55 m) Yedoma and thawed Yedoma permafrost sediments from Yakutia (Sakha Republic). I analyzed sediment cores taken below thermokarst lakes on the Bykovsky Peninsula (southeast of the Lena Delta) and in the Yukechi Alas (Central Yakutia), and headwall samples from the permafrost cliff Sobo-Sise (Lena Delta) and the retrogressive thaw slump Batagay (Yana Uplands). I measured biomarker concentrations of all sediment samples. Furthermore, I carried out incubation experiments to quantify greenhouse gas production in thawing permafrost. I showed that the biomarker proxies are useful to assess the source of the OM and to distinguish between OM derived from terrestrial higher plants, aquatic plants and microbial activity. In addition, I showed that some proxies help to assess the degree of degradation of permafrost OM, especially when combined with sedimentological data in a multi-proxy approach. The OM of Yedoma is generally better preserved than that of thawed Yedoma sediments. The greenhouse gas production was highest in the permafrost sediments that thawed for the first time, meaning that the frozen Yedoma sediments contained most labile OM. Furthermore, I showed that the methanogenic communities had established in the recently thawed sediments, but not yet in the still-frozen sediments. My research provided the first molecular biomarker distributions and organic carbon turnover data as well as insights in the state and processes in deep frozen and thawed Yedoma sediments. These findings show the relevance of studying OM in deep permafrost sediments.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiii, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Samenvatting Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Aims and research questions 1.3 Scientific background 1.3.1 The Arctic in a changing climate 1.3.2 Northern Hemisphere permafrost region 1.3.3 Permafrost degradation 1.3.3.1 Thermokarst development 1.3.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 1.3.4 Organic matter in permafrost deposits 1.4 Material and methods 1.4.1 Study sites 1.4.2 Main laboratory methods 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication “n-Alkane Characteristics of Thawed Permafrost Deposits Below a Thermokarst Lake on Bykovsky Peninsula, Northeastern Siberia” 1.6.2 Publication “Greenhouse gas production and lipid biomarker distribution in Yedoma and Alas thermokarst lake sediments in Eastern Siberia” 1.6.3 Publication “Organic matter characteristics of a rapidly eroding permafrost cliff in NE Siberia (Lena Delta, Laptev Sea region)” 1.6.4 Publication “Molecular biomarkers in Batagay megaslump permafrost deposits reveal clear differences in organic matter preservation between glacial and interglacial periods” 1.6.5 Contributions to complementary research 2 Bykovsky Peninsula 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 Laboratory analyses 2.4.2.1 Biomarker analysis 2.4.2.2 Biomarker indices 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Bulk sediment 2.5.1.1 Long core PG2412 2.5.1.2 Short core PG2420 2.5.2 Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 n-Alkane distributions 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Depositional history at the study site 2.6.1.1 Unit I - Early Weichselian fluvial sedimentation 2.6.1.2 Unit II – Yedoma deposition in wetland landscapes dominated by low-centered polygons 2.6.1.3 Unit III/Unit A – Yedoma deposition under cold-dry conditions during the Late Weichselian 2.6.1.4 Unit IV/Unit B – Holocene thermokarst lake formation and lacustrine sedimentation 2.6.2 Organic matter degradation 2.7 Conclusion 2.8 Acknowledgements 3 Yukechi Alas 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods and materials 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field work 3.3.3 Laboratory analyses 3.3.3.1 Organic carbon content 3.3.3.2 Lipid biomarkers 3.3.4 Incubations 3.3.5 Statistical analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Organic matter characteristics 3.4.1.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.1.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.4.2.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.2.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2.3 Carbon mineralization 3.4.3 Statistical correlation and regression 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Organic matter degradation potential 3.5.1.1 Organic carbon quantity 3.5.1.2 Organic matter preservation and talik formation 3.5.1.3 Presence of methanogenic communities 3.5.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.5.2.1 Carbon dioxide production 3.5.2.2 Methane production 3.5.3 GHG links with other parameters and outlook 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Sobo-Sise cliff 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Fieldwork 4.4.2 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.4.3 Lipid biomarkers 4.4.3.1 Extraction and fraction separation 4.4.3.2 GC-MS measurements and compound quantification 4.4.4 Biomarker indices 4.4.4.1 Average Chain Length 4.4.4.2 Carbon Preference Index 4.4.4.3 Higher Plant Fatty Acids 4.4.5 Data analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.5.2 Biomarkers 4.5.2.1 n-Alkanes 4.5.2.2 Fatty acids 4.5.3 Clustering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Terrestrial depositional environment 4.6.1.1 Organic matter source 4.6.1.2 Organic matter quality 4.6.2 Implications and outlook 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Batagay thaw slump 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Sample collection 5.4.2 Laboratory analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Detected biomolecules 5.5.2 Lower Ice Complex 5.5.3 Lower Sand Unit 5.5.4 Woody Layer 5.5.5 Upper Ice Complex - Yedoma 5.5.6 Holocene Cover 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Biogeochemical legacy of glacial periods 5.6.2 Biogeochemical legacy of interglacial periods 5.6.3 Modern organic matter mobilization in the Batagay megaslump 5.7 Conclusion 5.8 Acknowledgements 6 Synthesis 6.1 Lipid biomarkers to characterize permafrost organic matter 6.1.1 Organic matter source 6.1.2 Organic matter quality 6.2 Mobilization of organic matter in thawing permafrost 6.2.1 Methane production vs. emission 6.2.2 Using the data in models 6.2.3 Transport of OM into aquatic systems 6.3 Recommendations for future research References Appendix A Supporting information for Chapter 2 Appendix B Supporting information for Chapter 3 Appendix C Supporting information for Chapter 4 Appendix D Supporting information for Chapter 5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(494)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 494
    Description / Table of Contents: A cross-border approach to exploration, appraisal and development is important in mature basins such as the North Sea, where the ‘low hanging fruit’ have long gone. This approach emphasizes the need to see the basin as one geological entity, in order to maximize economic recovery and prepare the area for the energy transition. This volume offers an up-to-date, ‘geology-without-borders’ view of the stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and oil-and-gas exploration trends of the entire North Sea basin, along with the challenges associated with differences in data continuity and nomenclature across median lines. This volume includes overviews of cross-border play statistics, lithostratigraphic naming conventions and exploration performance through to new facies models for cross-border areas. As such, this volume will be a valuable reference for every geoscientist working in the North Sea for years to come.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 504 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-457-8 , 9781786204578
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 494
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgements Archer, S. G., Kombrink, H., Patruno, S., Chiarella, D., Jackson, C. A.-L. and Howell, J. A. / Cross-border petroleum geology in the North Sea: an introduction General North Sea Patruno, S., Kombrink, H. and Archer, S. G. / Cross-border stratigraphy of the Northern, Central and Southern North Sea: a comparative tectono-stratigraphic megasequence synthesis Kombrink, H. and Patruno, S. / The integration of public domain lithostratigraphic data into a series of cross-border North Sea well-penetration maps Quirk, D. G. and Archer, S. G. / Exploration play statistics in the Southern North Sea region of The Netherlands and UK Quirk, D. G. and Archer, S. G. / Exploration play statistics in the central–northern North Sea region of UK–Norway–Denmark Roberts, P., Jordan, O., Steen, Ø., Leppard, C., Janssen, J. S., Baudia, E., Ramm, A. and Helgesen, G. / One North Sea fairway analysis: revealing opportunities through data integration across scales Myers, K., Rouillard, P. and Zanella, E. / Exploration performance in the UK and Norwegian North Sea Quirk, D. G., Underhill, J. R., Gluyas, J. G., Howe, M. J., Wilson, H. A. M. and Anderson, S. A / low-carbon future for The North Sea Basin Paleozoic Boscolo Gallo, A., Kilhams, B., de Keijzer, M. and Nicolai, C. / Can thin coals be resolved in seismic data? An example of the challenges for Carboniferous (Visean to Westphalian) source-rock definition across the Elbow Spit Platform (Netherlands) and the Mid North Sea High (UK) through well synthetic modelling Doornenbal, J. C., Kombrink, H., Bouroullec, R., Dalman, R. A. F., De Bruin, G., Geel, C. R., Houben, A. J. P., Jaarsma, B., Juez-Larré, J., Kortekaas, M., Mijnlieff, H. F., Nelskamp, S., Pharaoh, T. C., Ten Veen, J. H., Ter Borgh, M., Van Ojik, K., Verreussel, R. M. C. H., Verweij, J. M. and Vis, G.-J. / New insights on subsurface energy resources in the Southern North Sea Basin area Daniels, S. E., Tucker, M. E., Mawson, M. J., Holdsworth, R. E., Long, J. J., Gluyas, J. G. and Jones, R. R. / Nature and origin of collapse breccias in the Zechstein of NE England: local observations with cross-border petroleum exploration and production significance, across the North Sea Scisciani, V., Patruno, S., D’Intino, N. and Esestime, P. / Paleozoic basin reactivation and inversion of the underexplored Northern North Sea platforms: a cross-border approach Mesozoic Archer, S. G., McKie, T., Andrews, S. D., Wilkins, A. D., Hutchison, M., Young-Ziolkowski, N., Osunde, C., Matheson, J., Thackrey, S., Lang, M., Sola, B., Mouritzen, C., Perrell, C., Greenwood, M., Mauritzen, E. and Tenepalli, S. / Triassic mudstones of the Central North Sea: cross-border characterization, correlation and their palaeoclimatic significance Gray, E., Hartley, A. and Howell, J. / The influence of stratigraphy and facies distribution on reservoir quality and production performance in the Triassic Skagerrak Formation of the UK and Norwegian Central North Sea Orre, L. T. E. and Folkestad, A. / Depositional environments of the Early to Middle Triassic northern North Sea in a syn-rift to a post-rift setting Galluccio, L., Foote, N., Bertouche, M., Kostic, B. and James, A. / Preliminary assessment of dolomite stringers in the Upper Jurassic Farsund Formation as a potential unconventional hydrocarbon reservoir Cenozoic Pernin, N., Feuilleaubois, L., Bird, T. and Reiser, C. / Identifying and de-risking near-field opportunities through reliable pre-stack broadband attributes: examples from the Paleocene North Sea (UK–Norway) injectites play Karstens, J., Müller, P., Berndt, C. and Patruno, S. / Deep-seated focused fluid migration as indicator for hydrocarbon leads in the East Shetland Platform, North Sea Province Medvedev, S., Hartz, E. H., Schmid, D. W., Zakariassen, E. and Varhaug, P. / Influence of glaciations on North Sea petroleum systems Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer Nature
    Call number: 5/M 21.94585/1 ; 5/M 21.94585/2
    Description / Table of Contents: In the 21st century, the importance of earth sciences in the pursuit of knowledge and understanding of the planet on which we live, has increased tremendously. Above all, they address the challenge of enriching human lives with the bounties of nature, while preserving the planet for future generations. The chief goals of Solid Earth Geophysics are to define and quantify the internal structure and processes of the Earth in terms of physical principles, and to provide an essential framework that allied disciplines can employ for more focused investigations. The earliest version of The Encyclopedia of Solid Earth Geophysics was released by the Van Nostrand Reinhold publishing company in 1989. More than two decades later, a completely revised and updated version, edited by Prof. Harsh K. Gupta, was published in 2011. Including over 200 articles authored by specialists from all over the world, it was very well received. Reflecting the rapid advances in Solid Earth Geophysics over the past decade and the global need for an authentic update, this new edition of the Encyclopedia presents over 250 articles covering established and new concepts in Geophysics across various sub-disciplines such as Gravity, Geodesy, Geomagnetism, Seismology, Seismics, Deep Earth Processes, Plate Tectonics, Thermal Domains, Computational Methods, etc. in a systematic and consistent format. Offering an authoritative and current up-to-date reference source with extraordinary scope and gathering expert contributions by more than 300 authors around the globe, the new edition will serve as a valuable and cherished source of information for current and future generations of professionals. Review from the first edition: “The Encyclopedia of Solid Earth Geophysics … nicely brings together numerous geophysical topics and presents this sometimes dry, mathematical and abstract field in a language comprehensible to researchers, teachers, students, and professional geophysicists. … the new encyclopedia should be of great interest to petroleum explorers, researchers and educators as well. … A list of references at the end of each article directs the interested reader for further research.” (Rasoul Sorkhabi, GEO ExPro, September, 2013).
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1950 Seiten (in 2 Bänden) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd Edition 2021
    ISBN: 978-3-030-58630-0
    Series Statement: Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 6/M 20.94107
    In: International Association of Geodesy Symposia, 150
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Gravity Field Modelling and Height Systems -- Orbit Optimization for Future Satellite Gravity Field Missions: Influence of the Time Variable Gravity Field Models in a Genetic Algorithm Approach. Comparison of Criteria for the Identification of Correlated Orders in GRACE Spherical Harmonic Coefficients -- Second- and Third-Order Derivatives of the Somigliana-Pizzetti Reference Gravity Field -- On the Advantage of Normal Heights -- Green’s Function Method Extended by Successive Approximations and Applied to Earth’s Gravity Field Recovery -- On Combining the Directional Solutions of the Gravitational Curvature Boundary-Value Problem -- Part II: Theory of Modern Geodetic Reference Frames -- Review of Reference Frame Representations for a Deformable Earth -- Impacts of the LARES and LARES-2 Satellite Missions on the SLR Terrestrial Reference Frame -- Permanent GNSS Network Optimization Considering Tectonic Motions -- Part III: Estimation Theory and Inverse Problems in Geodesy -- Adjustment of Gauss-Helmert Models with Autoregressive and Student Errors -- How Abnormal Are the PDFs of the DIA Method: A Quality Description in the Context of GNSS -- Controlling the BiasWithin Free Geodetic Networks -- Regularized Solutions of the Two Layers Inverse Gravimetric Problem in the Space of Bounded Variation Functions -- Converted Total Least Squares Method and Gauss-Helmert Model with Applications to Coordinate Transformations -- A Bayesian Nonlinear Regression Model Based on t-Distributed Errors -- The GNSS for Meteorology (G4M) Procedure and Its Application to Four Significant Weather Events -- Part IV: Advanced Numerical Methods in Geodesy -- Modeling the Gravitational Field by Using CFD Techniques -- Surface Loading of a Self-Gravitating, Laterally Heterogeneous Elastic Sphere: Preliminary Result for the 2D Case -- Using Structural Risk Minimization to Determine the Optimal Complexity of B-Spline Surfaces for Modelling Correlated Point Cloud Data -- On the Numerical Implementation of a Perturbation Method for Satellite Gravity Mapping -- Part V: Geodetic Data Analysis -- Non-Recursive Representation of an Autoregressive Process Within the Magic Square -- A Bootstrap Approach to Testing for Time-Variability of AR Process Coefficients in Regression Time Series with t-Distributed White Noise Components -- Identification of Suspicious Data for Robust Estimation of Stochastic Processes -- Quality and Distribution of Terrestrial Gravity Data for Precise Regional Geoid Modeling: A Generalized Setup -- Part VI: Interactions of Geodesy and Mathematics -- Geodesy and Mathematics: Interactions, Acquisitions, and Open Problems.
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume gathers the proceedings of the IX Hotine-Marussi Symposium on Mathematical Geodesy, which was held from 18 to 22 June 2018 at the Faculty of Civil and Industrial Engineering, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy. Since 2006, the Hotine-Marussi Symposia series has been produced under the auspices of the Inter-Commission Committee on Theory (ICCT) within the International Association of Geodesy (IAG). The ICCT has organized the last four Hotine-Marussi Symposia, held in Wuhan (2006) and Rome (2009, 2013 and 2018). The overall goal of the ICCT and Hotine-Marussi Symposia has always been to advance geodetic theory, as reflected in the 25 peer-reviewed research articles presented here. The IX Hotine-Marussi Symposium was divided into 10 topical sessions covering all aspects of geodetic theory including reference frames, gravity field modelling, adjustment theory, atmosphere, time series analysis and advanced numerical methods. In total 118 participants attended the Symposium and delivered 82 oral and 37 poster presentations. During a special session at the Accademia Nazionale deiLincei, the oldest scientific academy in the world, six invited speakers discussed interactions of geodesy with oceanography, glaciology, atmospheric research, mathematics, Earth science and seismology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 256 p. 101 illus., 84 illus. in color.
    Edition: 1st ed. 2021.
    ISBN: 9783030542672
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 151
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(508)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 508
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 311 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781786205384
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 508
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(509)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 509
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 289 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 509
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(493)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 493
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 493
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(504)
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-494-3
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 504
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(506)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 506
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 310 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-496-7
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 506
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94766
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic-boreal treeline is a transition zone from taiga to tundra covering a vast area in Siberia. It often features large environmental gradients and reacts sensitively to changes in the environment. For example, the expansion of shrubs and a northward movement of the treeline are observable in Siberia as a response to the warming climate. The changes in vegetation across the treeline are known to influence the water chemistry in the lakes. This causes further alteration to the composition and diversity of sensitive aquatic organisms such as diatoms and macrophytes. Despite the rising awareness of the complex climate-feedback mechanisms of terrestrial plants, the understanding of their assembly rules and about responses of aquatic biomes in the surrounding treeline lakes is still limited. The goal of this thesis is to examine the previous and present biodiversity of terrestrial and freshwater biomes from the Siberian treeline ecotone, as well as their reactions to environmental changes. In particular, this thesis attempts to ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 132 Blätter , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 Scientific background 1.1 Motivation 1.2 The arctic-boreal ecotone in time and space 1.2.1 Terrestrial plants composition and biodiversity 1.2.2. Lake macrophytes and diatoms 1.3 Sedimentary DNA metabarcoding as an ecologicalproxy 1.4 Study area 1.5 Objectives of the thesis 1.6 Methods 1.7 Thesis organizations 1.7.1 Manuscripts and chapters 1.7.2 Non-finalized research 1.7.2 Author contributions 2 Manuscript I: Genetic and morphological diatom composition in surface sediments from glacial and thermokarst lakes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Sampling and collection of environmental data 2.3.2 Diatom genetic assessment 2.3.3 Raw sequence processing and taxonomic assignment 2.3.4 Morphological diatom identification 2.3.5 Statistical analyses 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Genetic-based diatom composition, diversityand diatom-environment relationship 2.4.2 Morphological-based diatom composition, diversity and diatom-environment relationship 2.4.3 Comparison of spatial diatom patterns obtained from the genetic and morphological approaches 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Genetic and morphological diatom composition and diversity 2.5.2 Diatom composition is affected by lake type and lake water parameters 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript II: Plant sedimentary ancient DNA from Far East Russia covering the last 28 ka reveals different assembly rules in cold and warm climates 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Sampling and dating 3.3.3 Genetic laboratory works 3.3.4 Processing the sequence data 3.3.5 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the sequencing data and taxonomic composition 3.4.2 Taxonomic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.3 Phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.4 Relationship between taxonomic composition and phylogenetic diversity 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Vegetation history revealed by sedaDNA 3.5.2 Patterns oftaxonomic alpha diversity and their relationship to community composition 3.5.3 Relationship between richness and phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 4 Manuscript III: Sedimentary DNA identifies modem and past macrophyte diversity and its environmental drivers in high latitude and altitude lakes in Siberia and China 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materialsand Methods 4.3.1 Field sampling of surface and core samples 4.3.2 Environmental data 4.3.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4 Bioinformatic analyses 4.3.5 Statistical analyses 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Macrophyte diversity in surface sediments inferred from sedDNA 4.4.2 Relationship of modem macrophyte richness and environmental variables 4.4.3 The relationship between modem macrophyte community and environmental variables 4.4.4 Past macrophyte richness and composition inferred from sedaDNA 4.4.5 Past macrophyte compositional changes and its environmental drivers 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Retrieval of aquatic plant diversity using the tmL P6 loop plant DNA metabarcode 4.5.2 Modem macrophyte diversity and its relation to environmental factors 4.5.3 Temporal macrophyte diversity as an indicator for past environmental change 4.6 Conclusion 5 Synopsis 5.1 Potential and limitations of sedimentary DNA in the applied study 5.1.1 Sedimentary DNA is a powerful proxy 5.1.2 Limitations in sedimentary DNA 5.2 Spatial patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.2.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.2.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.2.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.3 Temporal patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.3.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.3.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.3.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.4 Outlooks and conclusions Appendices Appendix 1 for Manuscript I Appendix 2 for Manuscript II Appendix 3 for Manuscript III References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 18 / M 22.94802
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 676 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen , 24 cm x 16.8 cm
    Edition: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 978-3-8362-7455-5 , 3836274558
    Series Statement: SAP PRESS
    Former Title: Vorangegangen ist
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: 18 / M 22.94807
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 470 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm x 16.8 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 978-3-8362-7826-3
    Series Statement: SAP PRESS
    Language: German
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94427
    Description / Table of Contents: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI A11-22-94735
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the rate of near-surface warming in the Arctic is at least double than elsewhere on our planet (Arctic amplification). However, the relative contribution of different feedback processes to Arctic amplification is a topic of ongoing research, including the role of aerosol and clouds. Lidar systems are well-suited for the investigation of aerosol and optically-thin clouds as they provide vertically-resolved information on fine temporal scales. Global aerosol models fail to converge on the sign of the Arctic aerosol radiative effect (ARE). In the first part of this work, the optical and microphysical properties of Arctic aerosol were characterized at case study level in order to assess the short-wave (SW) ARE. A long-range transport episode was first investigated. Geometrically similar aerosol layers were captured over three locations. Although the aerosol size distribution was different between Fram Strait(bi-modal) and Ny-Ålesund (fine mono-modal), the atmospheric column ARE was similar. The latter was related to the domination of accumulation mode aerosol. Over both locations top of the atmosphere (TOA) warming was accompanied by surface cooling. Subsequently, the sensitivity of ARE was investigated with respect to different aerosol and spring-time ambient conditions. A 10% change in the single-scattering albedo (SSA) induced higher ARE perturbations compared to a 30% change in the aerosol extinction coefficient. With respect to ambient conditions, the ARETOA was more sensitive to solar elevation changes compared to AREsur f ace. Over dark surfaces the ARE profile was exclusively negative, while over bright surfaces a negative to positive shift occurred above the aerosol layers. Consequently, the sign of ARE can be highly sensitive in spring since this season is characterized by transitional surface albedo conditions. As the inversion of the aerosol microphysics is an ill-posed problem, the inferred aerosol size distribution of a low-tropospheric event was compared to the in-situ measured distribution. Both techniques revealed a bi-modal distribution, with good agreement in the total volume concentration. However, in terms of SSA a disagreement was found, with the lidar inversion indicating highly scattering particles and the in-situ measurements pointing to absorbing particles. The discrepancies could stem from assumptions in the inversion (e.g. wavelength-independent refractive index) and errors in the conversion of the in-situ measured light attenuation into absorption. Another source of discrepancy might be related to an incomplete capture of fine particles in the in-situ sensors. The disagreement in the most critical parameter for the Arctic ARE necessitates further exploration in the frame of aerosol closure experiments. Care must be taken in ARE modelling studies, which may use either the in-situ or lidar-derived SSA as input. Reliable characterization of cirrus geometrical and optical properties is necessary for improving their radiative estimates. In this respect, the detection of sub-visible cirrus is of special importance. The total cloud radiative effect (CRE) can be negatively biased, should only the optically-thin and opaque cirrus contributions are considered. To this end, a cirrus retrieval scheme was developed aiming at increased sensitivity to thin clouds. The cirrus detection was based on the wavelet covariance transform (WCT) method, extended by dynamic thresholds. The dynamic WCT exhibited high sensitivity to faint and thin cirrus layers (less than 200 m) that were partly or completely undetected by the existing static method. The optical characterization scheme extended the Klett–Fernald retrieval by an iterative lidar ratio (LR) determination (constrained Klett). The iterative process was constrained by a reference value, which indicated the aerosol concentration beneath the cirrus cloud. Contrary to existing approaches, the aerosol-free assumption was not adopted, but the aerosol conditions were approximated by an initial guess. The inherent uncertainties of the constrained Klett were higher for optically-thinner cirrus, but an overall good agreement was found with two established retrievals. Additionally, existing approaches, which rely on aerosol-free assumptions, presented increased accuracy when the proposed reference value was adopted. The constrained Klett retrieved reliably the optical properties in all cirrus regimes, including upper sub-visible cirrus with COD down to 0.02. Cirrus is the only cloud type capable of inducing TOA cooling or heating at daytime. Over the Arctic, however, the properties and CRE of cirrus are under-explored. In the final part of this work, long-term cirrus geometrical and optical properties were investigated for the first time over an Arctic site (Ny-Ålesund). To this end, the newly developed retrieval scheme was employed. Cirrus layers over Ny-Ålesund seemed to be more absorbing in the visible spectral region compared to lower latitudes and comprise relatively more spherical ice particles. Such meridional differences could be related to discrepancies in absolute humidity and ice nucleation mechanisms. The COD tended to decline for less spherical and smaller ice particles probably due to reduced water vapor deposition on the particle surface. The cirrus optical properties presented weak dependence on ambient temperature and wind conditions. Over the 10 years of the analysis, no clear temporal trend was found and the seasonal cycle was not pronounced. However, winter cirrus appeared under colder conditions and stronger winds. Moreover, they were optically-thicker, less absorbing and consisted of relatively more spherical ice particles. A positive CREnet was primarily revealed for a broad range of representative cloud properties and ambient conditions. Only for high COD (above 10) and over tundra a negative CREnet was estimated, which did not hold true over snow/ice surfaces. Consequently, the COD in combination with the surface albedo seem to play the most critical role in determining the CRE sign over the high European Arctic.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 136 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Motivation: Aerosol and cloud relevance to Arctic amplification 1.2 Theoretical background 1.2.1 Atmospheric aerosol 1.2.2 Aerosol in the Arctic 1.2.3 Cirrus clouds 1.3 Research questions 2 METHODS 2.1 lidar remote sensing techniqu 2.1.1 Elastic and Raman lidar equations 2.1.2 lidar signal corrections 2.1.3 Derivation of particle optical properties and related uncertainties 2.2 Lidar systems 2.2.1 Ground-based system KARL 2.2.2 Air-borne system AMALi 2.2.3 Space-borne system CALIOP 2.3 Ancillary instrumentation 2.3.1 Radiosondes 2.3.2 Sun-photometers 2.3.3 Radiation sensors 2.4 Modeling tools 2.4.1 Air mass backward trajectories 2.4.2 Aerosol microphysics retrieval algorithm 2.4.3 Radiative transfer model SCIATRAN 2.4.4 Multiple-scattering correction model 2.4.5 Simplified cloud radiative effect model 3 ARCTIC AEROSOL PROPERTIES AND RADIATIVE EFFECT (CASE STUDIES) 3.1 Aerosol in the upper troposphere (Spring) 3.1.1 Overview of aerosol observations and air mass origin 3.1.2 Modification of aerosol optical and microphysical properties 3.1.3 Aerosol radiative effect (ARE) 3.2 Sensitivities of the spring-time Arctic ARE 3.2.1 Sensitivity on aerosol related parameters 3.2.2 Sensitivity on ambient conditions 3.3 Aerosol in the lower troposphere (Winter) 3.3.1 Overview of remote sensing and in-situ measurements 3.3.2 Aerosol properties from the remote sensing perspective: KARL and CALIOP 3.3.3 Aerosol microphysical properties from in-situ and remote sensing perspectives 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions 4 DEVELOPMENT OF A CIRRUS CLOUD RETRIEVAL SCHEME 4.1 Fine-scale cirrus cloud detection 4.1.1 Selection of cirrus clouds 4.1.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform method 4.1.3 Revised detection method: Dynamic Wavelet Covariance Transform 4.2 Comparison of dynamic and static cirrus detection 4.3 Cirrus cloud optical retrievals 4.3.1 Existing cirrus optical retrievals: double-ended Klett and Raman 4.3.2 Temporal averaging within stationary periods 4.3.3 Revised optical retrieval: constrained Klett method 4.4 Comparison to established optical retrievals 4.5 How uncertainties in cirrus detection affect the optical retrievals? 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Limitations of cirrus retrieval schemes 4.6.2 Strengths of the revised retrieval scheme 4.7 Conclusions 5 LONG-TERM ANALYSIS OF ARCTIC CIRRUS CLOUD PROPERTIES 5.1 Overview of cirrus occurrence and meteorological conditions over Ny-Ålesund 5.2 Quality assurance of optical properties 5.2.1 Specular reflection effect 5.2.2 Investigation of extreme cirrus lidar ratio values 5.2.3 Multiple-scattering correction 5.3 Overview of cirrus optical properties over Ny-Ålesund 5.4 Inter-relations of cirrus properties 5.5 Dependence on meteorological conditions 5.5.1 Cirrus clouds in the tropopause 5.6 CRE estimation at TOA: sensitivity analysis 5.7 Conclusions 6 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK A CIRRUS DETECTION SENSITIVITIES a.1 Wavelet Covariance Transform - dilation sensitivity a.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform - wavelength dependency B CIRRUS OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION SENSITIVITIES b.1 Reference value accuracy and limitations b.2 Inherent uncertainties of constrained Klett C MULTIPLE-SCATTERING CORRECTION FOR CIRRUS CLOUDS D SEASONAL CIRRUS PROPERTIES: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(503)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 503
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 664 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-492-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 503
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Series Statement: World ocean review 7
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(511)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No.511
    Description / Table of Contents: This long-awaited book about non-pollen palynomorphs (NPPs) aims to cover gaps in our knowledge of these abundant but understudied palynological remains. NPPs, such as fungal spores, testate amoebae, dinoflagellate cysts, acritarchs and animal remains, are routinely recovered from palynological preparations of marine or terrestrial material, from Proterozoic to recent geological times. This book gives the reader a comprehensive overview of the different types of NPPs, with examples from diverse time periods and environments. It provides guidance on sample preparation to maximize the recovery of these NPPs, detailed information on their diversity and ecological affinity, clarification on the nomenclature and demonstrates their value as environmental indicators. This volume will become the reference guide for any student, academic or practitioner interested in everything else in their palynological preparations.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 354 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781786205414 , 978-1-78620-541-4
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 511
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication Introduction Background and context Shumilovskikh, L., O’Keefe, J. M. K. and Marret, F. / An overview of the taxonomic groups of non-pollen palynomorphs Pound, M. J., O’Keefe, J. M. K. and Marret, F. / An overview of techniques applied to the extraction of non-pollen palynomorphs, their known taphonomic issues and recommendations to maximize recovery O’Keefe, J. M. K., Nuñez Otaño, N. B. and Virginia Bianchinotti, M. / Nomenclature: how do we designate NPP taxa? The major groups of NPPs Nuñez Otaño, N. B., Virginia Bianchinotti, M. and Saparrat, M. C. N. / Palaeomycology: a modern mycological view of fungal palynomorphs McCarthy, F. M. G., Pilkington, P. M., Volik, O., Heyde, A. and Cocker, S. L. / Non-pollen palynomorphs in freshwater sediments and their palaeolimnological potential and selected applications Andrews, L. O., Payne, R. J. and Swindles, G. T. / Testate amoebae as non-pollen palynomorphs in pollen slides: usefulness and application in palaeoenvironmental reconstruction Mudie, P. J., Marret, F., Gurdebeke, P. R., Hartman, J. D. and Reid, P. C. / Marine dinocysts, acritarchs and less well-known NPP: tintinnids, ostracod and foraminiferal linings, copepod and worm remains Application of NPPs to a variety of problems Gauthier, E. and Jouffroy-Bapicot, I. / Detecting human impacts: non-pollen palynomorphs as proxies for human impact on the environment van Asperen, E. N., Perrotti, A. and Baker, A. / Coprophilous fungal spores: non-pollen palynomorphs for the study of past megaherbivores Denison, C. N. / Stratigraphic and sedimentological aspects of the worldwide distribution of Apectodinium in Paleocene/Eocene Thermal Maximum deposits Wellman, C. H. and Ball, A. C. / Early land plant phytodebris Agić , H. and Cohen, P. A. / Non-pollen palynomorphs in deep time: unravelling the evolution of early eukaryotes Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(507)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No.507
    Description / Table of Contents: This Special Publication is devoted to Earth surface environmental reconstructions and environmental changes that may be deciphered and modelled using stable isotopes along with mineralogical/chemical, sedimentological, palaeontological/biological and climatological methodologies. The volume is divided into two sections, both of them using stable isotopes analysis (δD, δ18O, δ13C, δ15N, δ34S and clumped isotopes Δ47) in various samples and phases as the main research tools. The first section is devoted to studies focusing on the distribution of isotopes in precipitations, groundwaters, lakes, rivers, springs and mine waters, and their relationship with terrestrial environments at regional to continental scale. In relation to this, the second section includes case studies from a range of continental settings, investigating cave deposits (stalagmites and bat guano), animal skeletons (dinosaurs, alligators, turtles and bivalves), present and past soils (palaeosols) and limestones. The sections focus on the interaction between the surficial water cycle and underground water storage, with deposits acting as archives of short- to long-term climatic and environmental changes. Examples from the Early Cretaceous–present time come from Europe, Asia, Africa and America.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 351 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786204974 , 978-1-78620-497-4
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 507
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication Bojar, A.-V., Pelc, A. and Lécuyer, C. / Stable isotope studies of the water cycle and terrestrial environments: introduction The water cycle Lécuyer, C., Bojar, A.-V., Daux, V. and Legendre, S. / Geographic variations in the slope of the δ2H–δ18O meteoric water line over Europe: a record of increasing continentality Nagavciuc, V., Bădăluță , C.-A. and Ionita, M. / The influence of the Carpathian Mountains on the variability of stable isotopes in precipitation and the relationship with large-scale atmospheric circulation Daux, V., Minster, B., Cauquoin, A., Jossoud, O., Werner, M. and Landais, A. / Oxygen and hydrogen isotopic composition of tap waters in France Marche, B. M., Rashid, H. and Parkinson, D.-R. / Correlation of seasonal precipitation isotopic profile with the modern climatological data: a case study from the western Newfoundland region of Canada Varlam, C., Duliu, O. G., Ionete, R. E. and Costinel, D. / Time series analysis of the δ2 H, δ18 O and dexcess values in correlation with monthly temperature, relative humidity and precipitation in Râmnicu Vâlcea, Romania: 2012–2018 Bojar, A.-V., Chmiel, S., Bojar, H.-P., Varlam, C. and Barbu, V. / Hydrological system in Quaternary clastic deposits, Mehedinţi County, Romania: isotope composition, chemistry and radiocarbon dating Bădăluț ă, C. A., Mihă ilă, D., Mihă ilă, D., Bădăluț ă, G. and Bistricean, P. I. 7 Stable isotopic and geochemical characterization of precipitation and riverine waters in the Eastern Carpathians and links with large-scale drivers Joshi, S. K., Rai, S. P. and Sinha, R. / Understanding groundwater recharge processes in the Sutlej-Yamuna plain in NW India using an isotopic approach Sironić, A., Bronić, I. K., Horvatinčić, N., Barešić, J., Borković, D., Vurnek, M. and Mikelić, I. L. / Carbon isotopes in dissolved inorganic carbon as tracers of carbon sources in karst waters of the Plitvice Lakes, Croatia Papp, D. C., Baciu, C., Turunen, K. and Kittilä, A. / Applicability of selected stable isotopes to study the hydrodynamics and contaminant transport within mining areas in Romania and Finland Terrestrial environments Bojar, A.-V., Lécuyer, C., Duliu, O. G., Bojar, H.-P. and Fourel, F. / Isotopic and time series investigations of recent stalagmites (1945–2018), Schlossberg tunnels, Graz, Austria: implications for climate change in Central Europe Cleary, D. M. and Onac, B. P. / Using ratios in cave guano to assess past environmental changes Tabor, N. J., Jahren, A. H., Wyman, L., Feseha, M., Todd, L. and Kappleman, J. / Stable isotope geochemistry of the modern Shinfa River, northwestern Ethiopian lowlands: a potential model for interpreting ancient environments of the Middle Stone Age Bayat, O., Karimi, A. and Amundson, R. / Stable isotope geochemistry of pedogenic carbonates in calcareous materials, Iran: a review and synthesis Dias Veras, J. D., de Souza Neto, J. A., Sial, A. N., Ferreira, V. P. and Neumann, V. H. de M. L. / Stable isotope and chemical stratigraphy of the Eocene Tambaba Formation: correlations with the Paleocene–Eocene Thermal Maximum event Yamamura, D., Suarez, C. A., Titus, A. L., Manlove, H. M. and Jackson, T. 7 Multiproxy approaches to investigating palaeoecology and palaeohydrology in the Upper Cretaceous Kaiparowits Formation, USA Suarez, M. B., Knight, J. A., Godet, A., Ludvigson, G. A., Snell, K. E., Murphy, L. and Kirkland, J. I. / Multiproxy strategy for determining palaeoclimate parameters in the Ruby Ranch Member of the Cedar Mountain Formation Suarez, C. A., Frucci, M. N., Tompkins, T. B. and Suarez, M. B. / Quantification of a North American greenhouse hydrological cycle: using oxygen isotopic composition of phosphate from Early Cretaceous (Aptian–Albian) turtles Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : The Geological Society
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(492)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 492
    Description / Table of Contents: Using forensic soil science and forensic geology as trace evidence and searches for burials is the theme of the papers in this Special Publication. The concept and design of this volume was initially established by the International Union of Geological Sciences, Initiative on Forensic Geology, which successfully brought together forensic geologists, forensic soil scientists, police officers and law enforcement agents in the investigation of crimes. In this introductory paper a brief overview is provided of the developments in interdisciplinary knowledge exchange with use of soil and geological materials (known as ‘earth materials’) in the search for burials and the provision of trace evidence. The aim is to provide background information on the role and value of understanding ‘earth materials’ ranging from the landscape scale, to the crime scene through to microscopic scale investigations to support law enforcement agencies in solving criminal, environmental, serious and organized crime, and terrorism. In this connection, recent advances in field and laboratory methods are highlighted. Finally, the 20 papers in the volume are briefly introduced and these include a diversity of global operational case studies that involve collection and analysis of earth material from crime scenes and searches for homicide graves and other buried targets.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 285 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786204554 , 978-1-78620-455-4
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 492
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication Preface Background and importance Fitzpatrick, R. W. and Donnelly, L. J. / An introduction to forensic soil science and forensic geology: a synthesis Kobus, H. and Robertson, J. / The importance of forensic soil science and geology being connected to mainstream forensic science Search for burials Ruffell, A. and Barry, L. / The desktop study – an essential element of geoforensic search: homicide and environmental cases (west Belfast, Northern Ireland, UK) McKinley, J. and Ruffell, A. / Geographical Information Science (GIS), spatial sampling and sediment variability examined using a case of manslaughter Donnelly, L. J., Cassella, J., Pirrie, D., Dawson, L., Blom, G., Davidson, A., Arnold, P., Harrison, M. and Hope, C. / Analysis of soil following a police-led open area search and the recovery of a cold-case homicide grave Barone, P. M. and Di Maggio, R. M. / Dealing with different forensic targets: geoscientists at crime scenes Canata, R. E., Salvador, F. A. S., Borges, W. R., Ferreira, F. J. F., Seimetz, E. X., Pinto, I. and Barros, E. O. / The forensic application of ground-penetrating radar, Tekoha Jevy indigenous village, Paraná, Brazil Molina, C. M. and Pringle, J. K. / Comparison of geophysical and botanical results in simulated clandestine graves in rural and tropical environments in Colombia, South America Donnelly, L. / A standard operating procedure (SOP), for soil sampling, for the detection of volatile organic compounds and leachate associated with human decomposition from a shallow, unmarked, homicide grave Trace evidence Dixon, R. D. and Merkle, R. K. W. / Identifying the source of illicit gold from South America Salvador, F. A. da S., Nogueira e Silva, M. P., de Oliveira Mascarenhas, R. and Rumbelsperger, A. M. B. / The application of forensic geology to investigate the substitution of zinc ingots between China and Brazil Guo, H., Wang, P., Hu, C., Zhu, J., Yang, X., Quan, Y., Mei, H. and Li, J. / A case study in forensic soil examination from China Raven, M. D., Fitzpatrick, R. W. and Self, P. G. / Trace evidence examination using laboratory and synchrotron X-ray diffraction technique Testoni, S. A., Melo, V. F., Dawson, L. A., Salvador, F. A. S. and Prandel, L. V. / Evaluation of forensic soil traces from a crime scene: robbery of a safety deposit box in Brazil Fitzpatrick, R. W. and Raven, M. D. / The forensic comparison of trace amounts of soil on a pyjama top with hypersulphidic subaqueous soil from a river as evidence in a homicide cold case Research developments Di Maggio, R. M. and Barone, P. M. / Geoforensics in Italy: education and research standards Bergslien, E. / Portable X-ray fluorescence (PXRF) spectrometry of earth materials: considerations for forensic analysis Young, J. M., Higgins, D. and Austin, J. J. / Soil DNA: advances in DNA technology offer a powerful new tool for forensic science Dawson, L. A., Macdonald, L. M. and Ritz, K. / Plant wax compounds and soil microbial DNA profiles to ascertain urban land use type Pirrie, D., Crean, D. E., Pidduck, A. J., Nicholls, T. M., Awbery, R. P. and Shail, R. K. / Automated mineralogical profiling of soils as an indicator of local bedrock lithology: a tool for predictive forensic geolocation Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(501)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 501
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 664 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-478-3
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 501
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(502)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 502
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 353 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-489-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 502
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94687
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94775
    Description / Table of Contents: В монографии приводятся сведения о составе локальной флоры окрестностей Международной биологической станции 〈〈Лена-Норденшельд», расположенной на территории Усть-Ленского заповедника, относящейся к числу естественных, мало измененных под влиянием человека объектов (98,5 % ее состава представлено аборигенной фракцией, 3 вида - адвентивный компонент, 5 видов - интродуценты), что обеспечивается природоохранными мероприятиями и представляется очень важным для понимания естественных процессов трансформации природы. В ходе обследования данной местности выявлено 266 таксонов сосудистых растений видового и внутривидового ранга. Приводится иллюстрированный фотографиями растений список видов с указанием частоты встречаемости, распределения по высотным поясам растительности и фитоценотической приуроченности. Исследованная локальная флора дополняет и входит в систему региональных флор Хараулахской подпровинции Восточно-Сибирской провинции Арктической флористической области, которая нуждается в дальнейшем изучении. Книга рассчитана на специалистов природоохранной сферы деятельности, учителей биологии, натуралистов-любителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Data about composition of the local flora of the International Biological Station "Lena- Nordenskjöld" vicinities is presented. The station is situated in the Lena River delta, within the territory of the Ust-Lensky Nature Reserve. 266 taxons (255 species, and 9 subspecies, 1 variety, 1 hybrid species) of vascular plants from 109 genera and 42 families were found. The checklist is illustrated with photographs of the plants species and contains information about species frequency and their distribution along altitudinal belts and in various plant communities. The local flora of the International Biological Station is natural and slightly disturbed Ьу men: 98,5 % of its composition are native species, and only 3 species are adventive. Аll the species found there can bе classified in 6 altitudinal groups. 224 species belong to the valley vegetation complex, 161 species grow in the tundra belt, 28 species refer to the epilithic lichen communities belt. The flora belongs to the Кharaulakh subprovince ofthe East-Siberian province ofthe Arctic floristic region, which boundaries need to bе detected. The book is intended for specialists of environmental activities, biology teachers, naturalists and enthusiasts.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 115, [1] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: 2-e izdanie, stereotipnoe
    ISBN: 978-5-02-041465-5
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity"
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ВВЕДЕНИЕ 1. ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ПРИРОДНЫЙ ЗАПОВЕДНИК «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ)): СТРУКТУРА И ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ 2. КОНСПЕКТ ФЛОРЫ ОКРЕСТНОСТЕЙ МБС "ЛЕНА-НОРДЕНШЕЛЬД" З. РЕЗУЛЬТАТЫ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ФЛОРЫ И ИХ ОБСУЖДЕНИЕ 4. СЕРГЕЙ ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ЛАРИОНОВ (1957-1995) БИБЛИОГРАФИЧЕСКИЙ СПИСОК , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. STATE NATURE RESERVE "UST-LENSKY": STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS 2. ABSTRACT OF THE FLORA OF THE SURROUNDINGS OF MBS "LENA-NORDENSHELD" 3. RESULTS OF STUDIES OF FLORA AND THEIR DISCUSSION 4. SERGEY VLADIMIROVICH LARIONOV (1957-1995) REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 21/STR21/05
    Type of Medium: GFZ publications
    Pages: 170 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2190-7110
    Series Statement: Scientific Technical Report STR 21/05
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, United Kingdom : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 23.95135 ; 8/M 23.95382
    Description / Table of Contents: "An overview of the essential principles of seismic hazard and risk analysis, including advanced topics, worked examples and problem sets. (20) An overview of the essential principles and procedures of seismic hazard and risk analysis, of interest to earth scientists and engineers. Coverage includes state-of-the-art procedures, advanced topics, and future research directions. Each chapter includes worked examples and problem sets, with solutions and computer codes provided online. (46/341) Probabilistic Seismic Hazard and Risk Analyses underpin the loadings prescribed by engineering design codes, the decisions by asset owners to retrofit structures, the pricing of insurance policies, and many other activities. This is a comprehensive overview of the principles and procedures behind seismic hazard and risk analysis. It enables readers to understand best practises and future research directions. Early chapters cover the essential elements and concepts of seismic hazard and risk analysis, while later chapters shift focus to more advanced topics. Each chapter includes worked examples and problem sets for which full solutions are provided online. Appendices provide relevant background in probability and statistics. Computer codes are also available online to help replicate specific calculations and demonstrate the implementation of various methods. This is a valuable reference for upper level students and practitioners in civil engineering, and earth scientists interested in engineering seismology. (143)"--
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 581 Seiten , Illustrationen , 27 cm
    ISBN: 9781108425056 , 978-1-108-42505-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Introduction 1.1 Hazard and Risk Analysis 1.2 Uses of Hazard and Risk Infonnation 1.3 Detenninistic Analysis 1.4 Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Analysis 1.5 Probabilistic Risk Analysis 1.6 Benefits of Probabilistic Analysis I. 7 Uncertainties in Probabilistic Analysis 1.8 Validation Part I Hazard Inputs 2 Seismic Source Characterization 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Earth Structure and Plate Tectonics 2.3 Faults 2.4 Earthquake Processes 2.5 Earthquake Size 2.6 Definitions of Seismic Sources 2. 7 Source Characteristics 2.8 Conceptual Development of SSMs Exercises 3 Characterization of Earthquake Rates and Rupture Scenarios 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Approaches to Determining Rupture Rates 3.3 Constraints from Seismicity Data 3.4 Geological Constraints on Activity 3.5 Magnitude-Frequency Distributions 3.6 Rupture Scenarios and Computation of Rates 3.7 Generation of Rupture Scenarios 3.8 Time-Dependent Ruptw-e Rates Exercises 4 Empirical Ground-Motion Characterization 147 4.1 Introduction 147 4.2 Engineering Characterization of Ground Motion 149 4.3 Ground-Motion Databases 161 4.4 Mathematical Representation 166 4.5 General Trends in Empirical Data and Models 170 4.6 Prediction Using Empirical GMMs 179 4.7 Epistemic Uncertainty 186 4.8 Limitations of Empirical GMMs 192 Exercises 193 5 Physics-Based Ground-Motion Characterization 196 5.1 Introduction 196 5.2 Utility of Physics-Based Ground-Motion Simulation 198 5.3 Earthquake Source Representation 200 5.4 Seismic Wave Propagation 205 5.5 Methods for Physics-Based Ground-Motion Simulation 220 5.6 Prediction Using Physics-Based GMMs 233 Exercises Part II Hazard Calculations 247 6 PSHA Calculation 249 6.1 Introduction 249 6.2 The PSHA Calculation 250 6.3 Example Calculations 255 6.4 Hazard Curve Metrics 262 6.5 Sensitivity of Hazard Results to Inputs 266 6.6 Model Uncertainty 269 6.7 Logic Trees 272 6.8 PSHA with Epistemic Uncertainty 276 6.9 Monte Carlo PSHA 279 6.10 Discussion 280 Exercises 7 PSHA Products 286 7.1 Introduction 286 7.2 Disaggregation 287 7.3 Uniform Hazard Spectrum 301 7.4 Hazard Maps 306 7.5 Conditional Spectrum 307 7.6 VectorPSHA 312 7.7 Earthquake Sequences in PSHA 312 7.8 Implementation and Documentation of Hazard Studies 316 Exercises 8 Non-Ergodic Hazard Analysis 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Fundamental Concepts 8.3 Aleatory Variability versus Epistemic Uncertainty 8.4 When Can Non-Ergodic Approaches Be Applied? 8.5 Non-Ergodic Ground-Motion Models 8.6 Non-Ergodic Site Effects 8.7 Non-Ergodic Path Effects 8.8 Non-Ergodic Source Effects 8.9 Non-Ergodic Components in Seismic-Source Models Exercises Part Ill Risk 9 Seismic Risk 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Fragility and Vulnerability Functions 9.3 Calibrating Fragility and Vulnerability Functions 9.4 Risk Metrics 9.5 PEER Framework 9.6 Epistemic Uncertainty 9.7 Risk-Targeted Ground-Motion Intensity Exercises 10 Ground-Motion Selection I 0.1 Introduction I 0.2 Principles of Hazard-Consistent Ground-Motion Selection 10.3 Target Intensity Measure Distributions I 0.4 Selection Algorithms 10.5 Assessing Accuracy and Precision of Seismic Responses 10.6 Application-Specific Decisions 10.7 Design Code and Guideline Requirements 10.8 Documentation Exercises 11 Spatially Distributed Systems 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Parameterization Using Empirical Ground-Motion Models 11.3 Parameterization Using Physics-Based Simulations 11.4 Numerical Implementation 11.5 Coherency 11.6 Risk Exercises 12 Validation 12. l Introduction 12.2 Verification and Validation 12.3 Validation from Limited Observations 12.4 Direct Validation of Seismic Hazard Curves 12.5 Validation of Model Components 12.6 Do Failures of Past Calculations [nvalidate the PSHA Methodology? 12.7 Seismic Hazard and Risk Analysis for Decision-Making Exercises Appendix A Basics of Probability A. l Random Events A.2 Conditional Probability A.3 Random Variables A.4 Expectations and Moments A.5 Common Probability Distributions A.6 Random Number Generation Appendix B Basics of Statistics for Model Calibration 1 B.3 Statistical Estimation of m1,,x my,y B.5 Maximum Likelihood Estimation of Seismicity Parameters Estimation ofIM ofSymbols 433 484 486 494 514 519 523 529 533 578 viii Contents 12 Validation 12. l Introduction 12.2 Verification and Validation 12.3 Validation from Limited Observations 12.4 Direct Validation of Seismic Hazard Curves 12.5 Validation of Model Components 12.6 Do Failures of Past Calculations [nvalidate the PSHA Methodology? 12.7 Seismic Hazard and Risk Analysis for Decision-Making Exercises Appendix A Basics of Probability A. l Random Events A.2 Conditional Probability A.3 Random Variables A.4 Expectations and Moments A.5 Common Probability Distributions A.6 Random Number Generation Appendix B Basics of Statistics for Model Calibration B. l Confidence Intervals for the Sample Mean and Standard Deviation B.2 Hypothesis Testing for Statistical Significance B.3 Statistical Estimation of mmax B.4 Bayesian Estimation of lnmax B.5 Maximum Likelihood Estimation of Seismicity Parameters B.6 Empirical GMM Calibration B.7 Estimation of JM Correlations from GMMs B.8 Fragility Function Fitting References List of Symbols and Abbreviations Notation Conventions Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(514)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 514
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 418 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205469 , 978-1-78620-546-9
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 514
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Reolid, M., Mattioli, E., Duarte, L. V. and Ruebsam, W. / The Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event: where do we stand? Correia, V. F., Riding, J. B., Duarte, L. V., Fernandes, P. and Pereira, Z. / The effects of the Jenkyns Event on the radiation of Early Jurassic dinoflagellate cysts Fraguas, Á., Gómez, J. J., Goy, A. and Comas-Rengifo, M. J. / The response of calcareous nannoplankton to the latest Pliensbachian–early Toarcian environmental changes in the Camino Section (Basque Cantabrian Basin, northern Spain) Menini, A., Mattioli, E., Hesselbo, S. P., Ruhl, M. and Suan, G. / Primary v. carbonate production in the Toarcian, a case study from the Llanbedr (Mochras Farm) borehole, Wales Thuy, B. and Numberger-Thuy, L. D. / Brittlestar diversity at the dawn of the Jenkyns Event (early Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event): new microfossils from the Dudelange drill core, Luxembourg Bomou, B., Suan, G., Schlögl, J., Grosjean, A.-S., Suchéras-Marx, B., Adatte, T., Spangenberg, J. E., Fouché, S., Zacaï, A., Gibert, C., Brazier, J.-M., Perrier, V., Vincent, P., Janneau, K. and Martin, J. E. / The palaeoenvironmental context of Toarcian vertebrate-yielding shales of southern France (Hérault) Martin, J. E., Suan, G., Suchéras-Marx, B., Rulleau, L., Schlögl, J., Janneau, K., Williams, M., Léna, A., Grosjean, A.-S., Sarroca, E., Perrier, V., Fernandez, V., Charruault, A.-L., Maxwell, E. E. and Vincent, P. / Stenopterygiids from the lower Toarcian of Beaujolais and a chemostratigraphic context for ichthyosaur preservation during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Fernández-Martínez, J., Rodríguez-Tovar, F. J., Piñuela, L., Martínez-Ruiz, F. and García-Ramos, J. C. / The Halimedides record in the Asturian Basin (northern Spain): supporting the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event relationship Šimo, V. and Reolid, M. / Palaeogeographical homogeneity of trace-fossil assemblages in Lower Jurassic spotted marls and limestones: comparison of the Western Carpathians and the Betic Cordillera Reolid, M., Soussi, M., Reolid, J., Ruebsam, W., Taher, I. B., Mattioli, E., Saidi, M. and Schwark, L. / The onset of the Early Toarcian flooding of the Pliensbachian carbonate platform of central Tunisia (north–south axis) as inferred from trace fossils and geochemistry Boomer, I., Copestake, P., Page, K., Huxtable, J., Loy, T., Bown, P., Dunkley Jones, T., O’Callaghan, M., Hawkes, S., Halfacree, D., Reay, H. and Caughtry, N. / Biotic and stable-isotope characterization of the Toarcian Ocean Anoxic Event through a carbonate–clastic sequence from Somerset, UK Müller, T., Price, G. D., Mattioli, E., Leskó, M. Z., Kristály, F. and Pálfy, J. / Hardground, gap and thin black shale: spatial heterogeneity of arrested carbonate sedimentation during the Jenkyns Event (T-OAE) in a Tethyan pelagic Basin (Gerecse Mts, Hungary) Rodrigues, B., Silva, R. L., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Reolid, M., Sadki, D., Comas-Rengifo, M. J., Goy, A. and Duarte, L. V. / The Phytoclast Group as a tracer of palaeoenvironmental changes in the early Toarcian Fonseca, C., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Lézin, C., Baudin, F., de Oliveira, A. D., Souza, J. T. and Duarte, L. V. / Boosted microbial productivity during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event in the Paris Basin, France: new evidence from organic geochemistry and petrographic analysis Xu, W., Weijers, J. W. H., Ruhl, M., Idiz, E. F., Jenkyns, H. C., Riding, J. B., Gorbanenko, O. and Hesselbo, S. P. / Molecular and petrographical evidence for lacustrine environmental and biotic change in the palaeo-Sichuan mega-lake (China) during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Ruebsam, W. and Schwark, L. / Impact of a northern-hemispherical cryosphere on late Pliensbachian–early Toarcian climate and environment evolution Silva, R. L., Ruhl, M., Barry, C., Reolid, M. and Ruebsam, W. / Pacing of late Pliensbachian and early Toarcian carbon cycle perturbations and environmental change in the westernmost Tethys (La Cerradura Section, Subbetic zone of the Betic Cordillera, Spain) Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(510)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 510
    Description / Table of Contents: China has a rich record of Holocene volcanism that is relatively little known outside the country. It is encountered in large stratovolcanoes in the NE, linked to subduction of the Pacific plate (e.g. Changbaishan), in smaller volcanoes on the Tibetan margin, associated with the collision of India and Eurasia (e.g. Tengchong, Ashishan), and in more isolated centres, possibly resulting from mantle upwelling (e.g. volcanoes in Hainan island). This makes China a natural laboratory for studies of intraplate volcanism, and significant progress in understanding its nature and origins has been made over the past quarter century. Here, we introduce the first publication in English to provide a comprehensive survey of the state of knowledge and research highlights. Accordingly, we provide an overview of the dynamics, geology, geochemistry, volcanic histories and geophysical studies of 14 volcanic areas associated with the Holocene documented thus far. The special publication represents a benchmark reference on the topic but, as importantly, we hope that it will stimulate new, international collaborations aimed at deepening our understanding of the origins, history, hazards and associated risks of China's volcanoes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 314 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205407 , 978-1-78620-540-7
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 510
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Xu, J., Oppenheimer, C., Hammond, J.O.S. and Wei, H. / Perspectives on the active volcanoes of China Wei, H., Zhao, B., Chen, Z. and Yu, H. / Volcanic processes and magmatic evolution of Tianchi volcano, Changbaishan Zhao, B., Xu, D., Bai, Z. and Chen, Z. / Volcanism in the Longgang volcanic field of NE China: insights from eruption history, volcano types and geochemical characteristics Bai, X., Wei, W., Yu, H. and Chen, Z. / Petrogenesis and dynamic implications of the Cenozoic alkali basalts from the Jingpohu Volcanic Field, NE China Chen, Z., Zhao, Y., Bai, X., Wei, W., Liu, Y. and Bai, Z. / Wudalianchi volcanic field, NE China: tectonic setting, eruptive history, and geophysical insights Zhao, Y.-W., Zou, H. and Li, N. / Geomorphology and geochemistry of the Late Cenozoic volcanoes in the Halaha River–Chaoer River volcanic fields, western Greater Hinggan Mountain Range, NE China Li, N., Zhao, Y.-W., Gong, L.-W. and Wang, J.-L. / The Late Cenozoic volcanic groups in the South Daxing’anling, NE China: geology, geochemistry, and chronology Hong, L., Zhang, Y., Zhang, L., Xu, Y.-G., Liu, Z. and He, P. / Olivine chemistry of the Quaternary Datong basalts of the Trans-North China Orogen: insights into mantle source lithology and redox–hydration state Xu, J., Zhao, B., Yu, H., Wei, F. and Chen, Z. / Volcanic geology and petrochemistry of Ashikule volcanic field in western Kunlun Mountains of the Tibetan plateau Zhao, B., Wei, F., Yang, W., Xu, J. and Cui, X. / Cenozoic volcanism along Dahongliutan fault in the West Kunlun Mountains, China: implication from distribution of volcanic rocks, volcanic geology, and geochemistry Yu, H., Zhao, B., Chen, Z., Wei, H., Yang, W. and Bai, X. / Eruption history, petrogeochemistry, and geodynamic background of Tengchong volcanoes in Yunnan Province, SW China Wei, F., Wei, W. and Yu, H. / The Cenozoic volcanic fields in northern Hainan Island and the Leizhou Peninsula, south China: eruption history, magma source and dynamic background Yu, W., Wei, W., Wei, F., Bai, X., Liu, S. and Xu, D./ Magma plumbing system and origin of the intraplate volcanoes in Mainland China: an overview of constraints from geophysical imaging Ji, L., Xu, J., Liu, L. and Zhang, W. / A review of present-day deformation of active volcanoes in China between 1970 and 2013 Pan, B., Liu, G., Cheng, T., Zhang, J., Sun, Z., Ma, B., Wu, H., Liang, G., Guo, M., Kong, Q., Wei, F., Zhao, C. and Zhao, Q. / Development and status of active volcano monitoring in China Liang, Y. and Xu, J. / The impact of volcanic ash on the safety of aviation industry: review of China’s current situation Wang, X., Pan, B., Pan, M. and Liang, Y. / Current situation of early warning and emergency countermeasures of volcanic eruptions in China Chen, Z. and Chen, Z. / Identifying references to volcanic eruptions in Chinese historical records Pan, B., Cheng, T., Xu, J., Zhang, J. and Chen, Z. / Knowledge base of Cenozoic volcanoes in China Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: M 23.95547
    Description / Table of Contents: "Updated edition of popular textbook on Artificial Intelligence. This edition specific looks at ways of keeping artificial intelligence under control"
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 1115 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    ISBN: 9780134610993 , 0134610997
    Series Statement: Pearson Series in Artificial Intelligence
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I Artificial Intelligence 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is AI? 1.2 The Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 1.3 The History of Artificial Intelligence 1.4 The State of the Art 1.5 Risks and Benefits of AI Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 2 Intelligent Agents 2.1 Agents and Environments 2.2 Good Behavior: The Concept of Rationality 2.3 The Nature of Environments 2.4 The Structure of Agents Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes II Problem-solving 3 Solving Problems by Searching 3.1 Problem-Solving Agents 3.2 Example Problems 3.3 Search Algorithms 3.4 Uninformed Search Strategies 3.5 Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies 3.6 Heuristic Functions Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 4 Search in Complex Environments 4.1 Local Search and Optimization Problems 4.2 Local Search in Continuous Spaces 4.3 Search with Nondeterministic Actions 4.4 Search in Partially Observable Environments 4.5 Online Search Agents and Unknown Environments Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 5 Constraint Satisfaction Problems 5.1 Defining Constraint Satisfaction Problems 5.2 Constraint Propagation: Inference in CSPs 5.3 Backtracking Search for CSPs 5.4 Local Search for CSPs 5.5 The Structure of Problems Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 6 Adversarial Search and Games 6.1 Game Theory 6.2 Optimal Decisions in Games 6.3 Heuristic Alpha-Beta Tree Search 6.4 Monte Carlo Tree Search 6.5 Stochastic Games 6.6 Partially Observable Games 6.7 Limitations of Game Search Algorithms Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes III Knowledge, reasoning, and planning 7 Logical Agents 7.1 Knowledge-Based Agents 7.2 The Wumpus World 7.3 Logic 7.4 Propositional Logic: A Very Simple Logic 7.5 Propositional Theorem Proving 7.6 Effective Propositional Model Checking 7.7 Agents Based on Propositional Logic Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 8 First-Order Logic 8.1 Representation Revisited 8.2 Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic 8.3 Using First-Order Logic 8.4 Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 9 Inference in First-Order Logic 9.1 Propositional vs. First-Order Inference 9.2 Unification and First-Order Inference 9.3 Forward Chaining 9.4 Backward Chaining 9.5 Resolution Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 10 Knowledge Representation 10.1 Ontological Engineering 10.2 Categories and Objects 10.3 Events 10.4 Mental Objects and Modal Logic 10.5 Reasoning Systems for Categories 10.6 Reasoning with Default Information Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 11 Automated Planning 11.1 Definition of Classical Planning 11.2 Algorithms for Classical Planning 11.3 Heuristics for Planning 11.4 Hierarchical Planning 11.5 Planning and Acting in Nondeterministic Domains 11.6 Time, Schedules, and Resources 11.7 Analysis of Planning Approaches Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes IV Uncertain knowledge and reasoning 12 Quantifying Uncertainty 12.1 Acting under Uncertainty 12.2 Basic Probability Notation 12.3 Inference Using Full Joint Distributions 12.4 Independence 12.5 Bayes' Rule and Its Use 12.6 Naive Bayes Models 12.7 The Wumpus World Revisited Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 13 Probabilistic Reasoning 13.1 Representing Knowledge in an Uncertain Domain 13.2 The Semantics of Bayesian Networks 13.3 Exact Inference in Bayesian Networks 13.4 Approximate Inference for Bayesian Networks 13.5 Causal Networks Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 14 Probabilistic Reasoning over Time 14.1 Time and Uncertainty 14.2 Inference in Temporal Models 14.3 Hidden Markov Models 14.4 Kalman Filters 14.5 Dynamic Bayesian Networks Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 15 Making Simple Decisions 15.1 Combining Beliefs and Desires under Uncertainty 15.2 The Basis of Utility Theory 15.3 Utility Functions 15.4 Multiattribute Utility Functions 15.5 Decision Networks 15.6 The Value of Information 15.7 Unknown Preferences Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 16 Making Complex Decisions 16.1 Sequential Decision Problems 16.2 Algorithms for MDPs 16.3 Bandit Problems 16.4 Partially Observable MDPs 16.5 Algorithms for Solving POMDPs Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 17 Multiagent Decision Making 17.1 Properties of Multiagent Environments 17.2 Non-Cooperative Game Theory 17.3 Cooperative Game Theory 17.4 Making Collective Decisions Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 18 Probabilistic Programming 18.1 Relational Probability Models 18.2 Open-Universe Probability Models 18.3 Keeping Track of a Complex World 18.4 Programs as Probability Models Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes V Machine Learning 19 Learning from Examples 19.1 Forms of Learning 19.2 Supervised Learning 19.3 Learning Decision Trees 19.4 Model Selection and Optimization 19.5 The Theory of Learning 19.6 Linear Regression and Classification 19.7 Nonparametric Models 19.8 Ensemble Learning 19.9 Developing Machine Learning Systems Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 20 Knowledge in Learning 20.1 A Logical Formulation of Learning 20.2 Knowledge in Learning 20.3 Explanation-Based Learning 20.4 Learning Using Relevance Information 20.5 Inductive Logic Programming Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 21 Learning Probabilistic Models 21.1 Statistical Learning 21.2 Learning with Complete Data 21.3 Learning with Hidden Variables: The EM Algorithm Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 22 Deep Learning 22.1 Simple Feedforward Networks 22.2 Computation Graphs for Deep Learning 22.3 Convolutional Networks 22.4 Learning Algorithms 22.5 Generalization 22.6 Recurrent Neural Networks 22.7 Unsupervised Learning and Transfer Learning 22.8 Applications Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 23 Reinforcement Learning 23.1 Learning from Rewards 23.2 Passive Reinforcement Learning 23.3 Active Reinforcement Learning 23.4 Generalization in Reinforcement Learning 23.5 Policy Search 23.6 Apprenticeship and Inverse Reinforcement Learning 23.7 Applications of Reinforcement Learning Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes VI Communicating, perceiving, and acting 24 Natural Language Processing 24.1 Language Models 24.2 Grammar 24.3 Parsing 24.4 Augmented Grammars 24.5 Complications of Real Natural Language 24.6 Natural Language Tasks Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 25 Deep Learning for Natural Language Processing 25.1 Word Embeddings 25.2 Recurrent Neural Networks for NLP 25.3 Sequence-to-Sequence Models 25.4 The Transformer Architecture 25.5 Pretraining and Transfer Learning 25.6 State of the art Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 26 Robotics 26.1 Robots 26.2 Robot Hardware 26.3 What kind of problem is robotics solving? 26.4 Robotic Perception 26.5 Planning and Control 26.6 Planning Uncertain Movements 26.7 Reinforcement Learning in Robotics 26.8 Humans and Robots 26.9 Alternative Robotic Frameworks 26.10 Application Domains Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 27 Computer Vision 27.1 Introduction 27.2 Image Formation 27.3 Simple Image Features 27.4 Classifying Images 27.5 Detecting Objects 27.6 The 3D World 27.7 Using Computer Vision Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes VII Conclusions 28 Philosophy, Ethics, and Safety of AI 28.1 The Limits of AI 28.2 Can Machines Really Think? 28.3 The Ethics of AI Summary Bibliographical and Historical Notes 29 The Future of AI 29.1 AI Components 29.2 AI Architectures A Mathematical Background A.1 Complexity Analysis and 0() Notation A.2 Vectors, Matrices, and Linear Algebra A.3 Probability Distributions Bibliographical and Historical Notes B Notes on Languages and Algorithms B. l Defining Languages with Backus-Naur Form (BNF) B.2 Describing Algorithms with Pseudocode B.3 Online Supplemental Material Bibliography Index
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 6/M 20.93577
    In: International Association of Geodesy Symposia, 150
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 114 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030394370
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 150
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(489)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 489
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 320 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-446-2
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 489
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(499)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 499
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 305 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-476-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 499
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Macmillan Learning
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94626
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählungen , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Eighth edition
    ISBN: 9781319055325 , 9781319325398 , 1319325394
    Former Title: Understanding earth [5th edition]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the Authors Preface Chapter 1 The Earth System The Scientific Method Hypothesis and Theory Scientific Models Importance of Scientific Collaboration Geology as a Science Earth's Shape and Surface Peeling the Onion: Discovery of a Layered Earth Earth's Density The Mantle and Core The Crust The Inner Core Chemical Composition of Earth's Major Layers Earth as a System of Interacting Components The Climate System The Plate Tectonic System The Geodynamo Interactions Among Geosystems Support Life An Overview of Geologic Time The Origin of Earth and Its Global Geosystems The Evolution of Life Chapter 2 Plate Tectonics: The Unifying Theory The Discovery of Plate Tectonics Continental Drift Seafloor Spreading The Great Synthesis: 1963-1968 The Plates and Their Boundaries Divergent Boundaries Convergent Boundaries Transform Faults Combinations of Plate Boundaries Rates and History of Plate Movements The Seafloor as a Magnetic Tape Recorder Deep-Sea Drilling Measurements of Plate Movements by Geodesy The Grand Reconstruction Seafloor isochrons Reconstructing the History of Plate Movements The Breakup of Pangaea The Assembly of Pangaea by Continental Drift Implications of the Grand Reconstruction Mantle Convection:The Engine of Plate Tectonics Where Do the Plate-Driving Forces Originate? How Deep Does Plate Recycling Occur? What Is the Nature of Rising Convection Currents? Chapter 3 Earth Materials: Minerals and Rocks What Are Minerals? The Structure of Matter The Structure of Atoms Atomic Number and Atomic Mass Chemical Reactions Chemical Bonds The Formation of Minerals The Atomic Structure of Minerals The Crystallization of Minerals How Do Minerals Form? Classes of Rock-Forming Minerals Silicates Carbonates Oxides Sulfides Sulfates Physical Properties of Minerals Hardness Cleavage Fracture Luster Color Density Crystal Habit What Are Rocks? Properties of Rocks Igneous Rocks Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocks The Rock Cycle: Interactions Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Concentrations of Valuable Mineral Resources Hydrothermal Deposits Igneous Deposits Sedimentary Deposits Mineral Evolution Chapter 4 Igneous Rocks: Solids from Melts How Do Igneous Rocks Differ from One Another? Texture Chemical and Mineral Composition How Do Magmas Form? How Do Rocks Melt? The Formation of Magma Chambers Where Do Magmas Form? Magmatic Differentiation Fractional Crystallization: Laboratory and Field Observations Granite from Basalt: Complexities of Magmatic Differentiation Forms of Igneous Intrusions Plutons Sills and Dikes Veins Igneous Processes and Plate Tectonics Spreading Centers as Magma Factories Subduction Zones as Magma Factories Mantle Plumes as Magma Factories Chapter 5 Volcanoes Volcanoes as Geosystems Lavas and Other Volcanic Deposits Types of Lava Textures of Volcanic Rocks Pyroclastic Deposits Eruptive Styles and Landforms Central Eruptions Fissure Eruptions Interactions of Volcanoes with Other Geosystems Volcanism and the Hydrosphere Volcanism and the Atmosphere The Global Pattern of Volcanism Volcanism at Spreading Centers Volcanism in Subduction Zones Intraplate Volcanism: The Mantle Plume Hypothesis 2018 Eruption of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii Volcanism and Human Affairs Volcanic Hazards Reducing the Risks of Volcanic Hazards Natural Resources from Volcanoes Chapter 6 Sedimentation: Rocks Formed by Surface Processes Surface Processes of the Rock Cycle Weathering and Erosion: The Source of Sediments Transportation and Deposition: The Downhill Journey to Sedimentary Basins Oceans as Chemical Mixing Vats Sedimentary Basins:The Sinks for Sediments Rift Basins and Thermal Subsidence Basins Flexural Basins Sedimentary Environments Continental Sedimentary Environments Shoreline Sedimentary Environments Marine Sedimentary Environments Siliciclastic versus Chemical and Biological Sedimentary Environments Sedimentary Structures Cross-Bedding Graded Bedding Ripples Bioturbation Structures Bedding Sequences Burial and Diagenesis: From Sediment to Rock Burial Diagenesis Classification of SiliciclasticSediments and Sedimentary Rocks Coarse-Grained Siliciclastics: Gravel and Conglomerate Medium-Grained Siliciclastics: Sand and Sandstone Fine-Grained Siliciclastics Classification of Chemical and Biological Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks Carbonate Sediments and Rocks Evaporite Sediments and Rocks: Products of Evaporation Other Biological and Chemical Sediments Chapter 7 Metamorphism: Alteration of Rocks by Temperature and Pressure Causes of Metamorphism The Role of Temperature The Role of Pressure The Role of Fluids Types of Metamorphism Regional Metamorphism Contact Metamorphism Seafloor Metamorphism Other Types of Metamorphism MetamorphicTextures Foliation and Cleavage Foliated Rocks Granoblastic Rocks Porphyroblasts Regional Metamorphism and Metamorphic Grade Mineral Isograds: Mapping Zones of Change Metamorphic Grade and Parent Rock Composition Metamorphic Fades PlateTectonics and Metamorphism Metamorphic Pressure-Temperature Paths Ocean-Continent Convergence Continent-Continent Collision Exhumation: A Link Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Chapter 8 Deformation: Modification of Rocks by Folding and Fracturing PlateTectonic Forces Mapping Geologic Structure Measuring Strike and Dip Geologic Maps Geologic Cross Sections How Rocks Deform Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in the Laboratory Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in Earth's Crust Basic Deformation Structures Faults Folds Circular Structures Joints Deformation Textures Styles of Continental Deformation Tensional Tectonics Compressive Tectonics Shearing Tectonics Unraveling Geologic History Chapter 9 Clocks in Rocks: liming the Geologic Record Reconstructing Geologic History From the Stratigraphic Record Principles of Stratigraphy Fossils as Recorders of Geologic Time Unconformities: Gaps in the Geologic Record Cross-Cutting Relationships The Geologic Time Scale: Relative Ages Intervals of Geologic Time Interval Boundaries Mark Mass Extinctions Ages of Petroleum Source Rocks Measuring Absolute Time with Isotopic Clocks Discovery of Radioactivity Radioactive Isotopes: The Clocks in Rocks Isotopic Dating Methods The Geologic Time Scale: Absolute Ages Eons: The Longest Intervals of Geologic Time Perspectives on Geologic Time Recent Advances in Timing the Earth System Sequence Stratigraphy ,Chemical Stratigraphy Paleomagnetic Stratigraphy Clocking the Climate System Chapter 10 Earthquakes What Is an Earthquake? The Elastic Rebound Theory Fault Rupture During Earthquakes Foreshocks and Aftershocks How Do We Study Earthquakes? Seismographs Seismic Waves Locating the Focus Measuring the Size of an Earthquake Determining Fault Mechanisms GPS Measurements and "Silent" Earthquakes Earthquakes and Patterns of Faulting The Big Picture: Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics Regional Fault Systems Earthquake Hazards and Risks How Earthquakes Cause Damage Reducing Earthquake Risk Can Earthquakes Be Predicted? Long-Term Forecasting Short-Term Prediction Medium-Term Forecasting Chapter 11 Exploring Earth's Interior Exploring Earth's Interior with Seismic Waves Basic Types of Waves Paths of Seismic Waves Through Earth Seismic Exploration of Near-Surface Layering Layering and Composition of Earth's Interior The Crust The Mantle The Core-Mantle Boundary The Core Earth's Internal Temperature Heat Flow Through Earth's Interior Temperatures Inside Earth Visualizing Earth'sThree-Dimensional Structure Seismic Tomography Earth's Gravitational Field Earth's Magnetic Field and the Geodynamo The Dipole Field Complexity of the Magnetic Field Paleomagnetism The Magnetic Field and the Biosphere Chapter 12 The Climate System What Is Climate? Components of the Climate
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(490)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 490
    Description / Table of Contents: The outer parts of collision mountain belts are commonly represented by fold and thrust belts. Major advances in understanding these tectonic settings have arisen from regional studies that integrate diverse geological information in quests to find and produce hydrocarbons. Drilling has provided tests of subsurface forecasts, challenging interpretation strategies and structural models. This volume contains 19 papers that illustrate a diversity of methods and approaches together with case studies from Europe, the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region. Collectively they show that appreciating diversity is key for developing better interpretations of complex geological structures in the subsurface - endeavours that span applications beyond the development of hydrocarbons.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vi, 454 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-447-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 490
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...